-
21 ut
ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].I.As adv. of manner.A. 1.In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:2.salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):3.ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—In dependent questions.(α).With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:(β).hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —With subj. (class.):B.nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.1.Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):2.ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;3.ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):4.gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.a.Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:b.atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:c.hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):d.non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:C.perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):II.in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.Conj.A.Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.1.In gen.(α).With sic as correlative:(β).haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—With ita as correlative:(γ).ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—With other correlatives:(δ).in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Without correlative:2.rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—In partic.a.Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.(α).= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:(β).ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:b.consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—Ita... ut;c.in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—In exemplifications.(α).In gen., as for example, for instance:(β).nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:d.ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:e.qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:f.mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:(α).ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,With ita understood:(β).facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —With virtual superlatives:(γ).ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—The superlatives omitted in either clause:(δ).ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—With a comparative in one of the terms:(ε).major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—Without superlative, as, according as:B.de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.1.With perf. indic.a.In gen., as soon as:b.principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—In oblique discourse:c.Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—With primum, when first, as soon as ever:d.atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—Rarely of coincidence in time:e.nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—Ut = ex quo tempore. since:2.ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—With imperf. indic.(α).In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;(β).deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:3.ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—With plupf.(α).= postquam (rare):(β).ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:(γ).litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:4.ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:C.neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).1.In object clauses.a.In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.(α).After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:(β).malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:(γ).ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:(δ).rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—After verbs of command or prohibition:(ε).imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—Verbs expressing permission:b.atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.(α).After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:(β).ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—Verbs of effecting:(γ).nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—Verbs of obtaining:(δ).Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—Verbs of inducing and compelling:(ε).nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:c.cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:d.rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):2.me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.a.With a predicate adjective.(α).With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:(β).id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—In clauses expressing result and consequence:(γ).magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):b.concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—With predicate nouns.(α).Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:(β).quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Expressing result and consequence:c.est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—With impersonal verbs.(α).Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:(β).convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—Denoting consequence:(γ).ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:3.est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.a.With the idea of resolve, etc.:b.vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—Of agreement:c.fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —Of law, rule, etc.:d.praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—Of duty:e.jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —Of purpose, inclination, etc.:f.vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—Of effect, result, etc.:4.fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—In clauses of manner, that, so that.a.With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;b.anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:c.ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—Without antecedents, so that:d.cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—Idiomat. with non.(α).Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:(β).flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;e.rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—Conditional or concessive.(α).Granting that ( for argument's sake):(β).quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—Even if, although:(γ).qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—Provided that:5.ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.a.In gen.:b.quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—Esp., after certain antecedents.(α).After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):(β).id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—After idcirco:(γ).idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—After ideo and eo:(δ).non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:(ε).ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—After ea mente, hac mente:(ζ).navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—After potius quam:c.potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—Idiomat.(α).With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:(β).ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):(γ).satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2. -
22 utei
ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].I.As adv. of manner.A. 1.In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:2.salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):3.ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—In dependent questions.(α).With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:(β).hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —With subj. (class.):B.nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.1.Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):2.ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;3.ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):4.gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.a.Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:b.atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:c.hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):d.non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:C.perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):II.in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.Conj.A.Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.1.In gen.(α).With sic as correlative:(β).haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—With ita as correlative:(γ).ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—With other correlatives:(δ).in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Without correlative:2.rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—In partic.a.Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.(α).= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:(β).ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:b.consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—Ita... ut;c.in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—In exemplifications.(α).In gen., as for example, for instance:(β).nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:d.ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:e.qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:f.mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:(α).ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,With ita understood:(β).facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —With virtual superlatives:(γ).ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—The superlatives omitted in either clause:(δ).ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—With a comparative in one of the terms:(ε).major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—Without superlative, as, according as:B.de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.1.With perf. indic.a.In gen., as soon as:b.principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—In oblique discourse:c.Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—With primum, when first, as soon as ever:d.atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—Rarely of coincidence in time:e.nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—Ut = ex quo tempore. since:2.ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—With imperf. indic.(α).In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;(β).deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:3.ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—With plupf.(α).= postquam (rare):(β).ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:(γ).litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:4.ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:C.neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).1.In object clauses.a.In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.(α).After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:(β).malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:(γ).ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:(δ).rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—After verbs of command or prohibition:(ε).imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—Verbs expressing permission:b.atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.(α).After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:(β).ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—Verbs of effecting:(γ).nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—Verbs of obtaining:(δ).Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—Verbs of inducing and compelling:(ε).nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:c.cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:d.rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):2.me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.a.With a predicate adjective.(α).With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:(β).id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—In clauses expressing result and consequence:(γ).magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):b.concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—With predicate nouns.(α).Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:(β).quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Expressing result and consequence:c.est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—With impersonal verbs.(α).Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:(β).convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—Denoting consequence:(γ).ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:3.est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.a.With the idea of resolve, etc.:b.vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—Of agreement:c.fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —Of law, rule, etc.:d.praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—Of duty:e.jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —Of purpose, inclination, etc.:f.vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—Of effect, result, etc.:4.fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—In clauses of manner, that, so that.a.With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;b.anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:c.ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—Without antecedents, so that:d.cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—Idiomat. with non.(α).Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:(β).flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;e.rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—Conditional or concessive.(α).Granting that ( for argument's sake):(β).quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—Even if, although:(γ).qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—Provided that:5.ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.a.In gen.:b.quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—Esp., after certain antecedents.(α).After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):(β).id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—After idcirco:(γ).idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—After ideo and eo:(δ).non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:(ε).ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—After ea mente, hac mente:(ζ).navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—After potius quam:c.potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—Idiomat.(α).With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:(β).ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):(γ).satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2. -
23 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
24 cura
I.Trouble (physical or mental), bestowed on something; solicitude, care, attention, pains (syn.: diligentia, opera, studium, labor, etc.; opp. neglegentia, etc.; v. the foll.; very freq. in every per. and species of composition).A.Lit.1.In gen.(α).Ab. sol.: curantes magnā cum curā, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107:(β).magnā cum curā ego illum curari volo,
Plaut. Men. 5, 4, 7; cf. id. ib. 5, 4, 9:in aliquā re curam ponere (just before: magnum studi um multamque operam, etc.),
Cic. Off. 1, 6, 19:haec tam acrem curam diligentiamque desiderant,
id. de Or. 3, 48, 184;so with diligentia,
Quint. 10, 1, 86:si utrumque cum curā et studio fecerimus,
id. 10, 7, 29:aliquid cum curā exsequi,
Liv. 39, 41, 6:plus laboris et curae,
Quint. 8, prooem. § 13;so with labor,
id. 2, 2, 10 al.:cura et industria,
Suet. Gram. 21:ut in rem publicam omni cogitatione curāque incumberes,
Cic. Fam. 10, 1, 2;so with cogitatio,
id. ib. 10, 3, 3; id. de Or. 2, 44, 186; and in plur., id. Off. 2, 1, 2;opp. neglegentia,
Quint. 11, 3, 137; 11, 3, 19:non naturam defecisse sed curam,
id. 1, 1, 2;so opp. natura,
id. 1, 2, 4; 2, 8, 5:omni curā vestigare,
Curt. 4, 6, 5:omni curā in aliquid incumbere,
Cic. Fam. 12, 24, 2:omnem curam in siderum cognitione ponere,
id. Div. 1, 42, 93:cura et meditatio accessit,
Tac. Or. 16; cf. id. Agr. 10 et saep.:eo majore curā illam (rem publicam) administrari,
Sall. J. 85, 2:curam praestare,
Suet. Tib. 18:in re unā consumere curam (for which, in foll. verse, laborare),
Hor. S. 2, 4, 48 et saep.: esse cura alicui, to be an object of one's care:cura pii diis sunt et qui coluere coluntur,
Ov. M. 8, 724.—With gen., care, attention, management, administration, charge, a guardianship, concern for a person or thing, etc.:(γ).difficilis rerum alienarum,
Cic. Off. 1, 9, 30; cf.:rerum domesticarum,
Quint. 3, 3, 9:maxima belli,
Cic. Att. 6, 5, 3:agrorum,
Quint. 12, 1, 6:corporis,
id. 1, 11, 15:capillorum,
Suet. Dom. 18:funeris sui,
id. Tib. 51 et saep.:deorum,
Liv. 6, 41, 9:civium,
id. 6, 15, 11:nepotum,
Quint. 4, prooem. §2: magni Caesaris,
Hor. C. 1, 12, 50; Ov. Tr. 5, 7, 37; Sen. Ep. 14, 2 et saep.—With de and abl.:(δ).omnis cura de re publicā,
Cic. Brut. 3, 10:quocum mihi conjuncta cura de publicā re et privatā fuit,
id. Lael. 4, 15:si qua de Pompejo nostro tuendo... cura te attigit,
id. Att. 9, 11, 2, A:gratissima est mihi tua cura de illo mandato,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1.—So with de:curam habere, agere, etc.: de vitā communi omnium curam habere,
Vitr. 1, 2, init.:Romani tamquam de Samnitibus non de se curam agerent,
Liv. 8, 3, 8.—With pro:(ε).omnium non tam pro Aetolis cura erat, quam ne, etc.,
Liv. 27, 30, 5:curam habere pro aliquo,
Veg. 2, 20:curam pro nobis hospitis, uxor, agas,
Ov. H. 15 (16), 302.—Curae (alicui) esse, to be an object of care or attention; to have a care for, take care of, attend to, to be anxious about, bestow pains upon, etc.:(ζ).Caesar pollicitus est, sibi eam rem curae futuram, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 33:haec sibi esse curae,
id. ib. 1, 40:rati sese diis curae esse,
Sall. J. 75, 9:cui salus mea fuit curae,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 22; 15, 2, 8; Quint. 3, 8, 45 et saep.:ea tantae mihi curae sunt, ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 24:pollicetur sibi magnae curae fore, ut omnia restituerentur,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 33, § 73; cf.:si tibi curae Quantae conveniat,
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 30:ipsis doctoribus hoc esse curae velim, ut, etc.,
Quint. 2, 4, 5:dumque amor est curae,
Ov. M. 2, 683:ceterum magis vis morbi ingravescens curae erat, terroresque ac prodigia,
Liv. 4, 21, 5:ceterum eo tempore minus ea bella... curae patribus erant, quam expectatio, etc.,
id. 35, 23, 1:in eorum periculis non secus absentes quam praesentes amicos Attico esse curae,
Nep. Att. 12, 5.—With a subject-clause:nonnulli, quibus non fuit curae caelestem inveterare aquam, etc.,
Col. 12, 12, 3; Quint. 7, 1, 4; 9, 3, 74:eligere modo curae sit,
id. 10, 1, 31:mihi erit curae explorare provinciae voluntatem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 2.—With de: de mandatis quod tibi curae fuit, est mihi gratum, Cic. Fil. ap. Cic. Fam. 16, 21, 8:sic recipiunt, Caesari... de augendā meā dignitate curae fore,
Cic. Att. 11, 6, 3; cf. id. Fam. 10, 1, 1, and II. A. fin. infra:de ceteris senatui curae fore,
Sall. J. 26, 1.—In the same sense also,Curae aliquid habere:(η).cohortatus, ut petitionem suam curae haberent,
Sall. C. 21 fin.; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 10;Quint. prooem. § 16: habebo itaque curae, ut te meliorem reddam,
Sen. Ben. 1, 8, 2:ut ille... quid ageret, curae sibi haberet certiorem facere Atticum,
Nep. Att. 20, 4.—Cura est, with subject-clause, solicitude, care, anxiety to do any thing ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):2.curaque finitimos vincere major erat,
Ov. F. 1, 30:talis amor teneat, nec sit mihi cura mederi,
Verg. E. 8, 89:cura comere capillum fuit,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 7.—In partic., t. t.a.In political lang. (esp. of the post-Aug. per.), the management of state affairs, administration, charge, oversight, command, office:b.magistratus et imperia, postremo omnis cura rerum publicarum minime mihi hac tempestate cupiunda videntur,
Sall. J. 3, 1; so,legionis armandae,
Tac. H. 1, 80:aerarii,
Suet. Aug. 36:annonae,
id. Tib. 8:operum publicorum, viarum, aquarum, etc. (preceded by nova officia),
id. Aug. 37 al. —In the jurists, the management of business for a minor, guardianship, trusteeship (for the more usu. curatio), Dig. 3, 1, 1; 5, 1, 19 et saep.—c.In medic., medical attendance, healing (for curatio), cure:d.aquae, quae sub cutem est,
Cels. 2, 10; Vell. 2, 123; Sil. 6, 551 Drak. et saep.— Plur.:curae aegrescentium,
Macr. S. 7, 4, 6.—Hence, poet.:illa fuit lacrimis ultima cura meis (sc. somnus),
Prop. 1, 3, 46; cf. Cic. Fam. 5, 16, 5.—In agriculture, care, culture, rearing:B.Pelusiacae lentis,
Verg. G. 1, 228:boum,
id. ib. 1, 3.—Meton. (abstr. pro concr.).1.Like the Gr. meletê, a written work, writing (several times in Tac.;2.elsewhere rare): quorum in manus cura nostra venerit,
Tac. A. 4, 11; id. Or. 3; Ov. P. 4, 16, 39. —In plur., Tac. A. 3, 24.—An attendant, guardian, overseer (very rare):II.tertius immundae cura fidelis harae,
i. e. the swine - herd Eumæus, Ov. H. 1, 104: praetorii, Treb. Claud. 14; cf. Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 45; 2, 1.—Anxiety, solicitude, concern, disquiet, trouble, grief, sorrow; syn.: sollicitudo, metus, etc.; cf. phrontis (very freq. in every per. and species of composition).A.In gen.: si quid ego adjuro curamve levasso, quae nunc te coquit, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1:B.animus lassus, curā confectus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 4:cottidianā curā angere ani mum,
id. Phorm. 1, 3, 8:curae metusque,
Cic. Div. 2, 72, 150: cura et sollicitudo. id. Att. 15, 14, 3; Quint. 8, prooem. § 20;11, 1, 44 et saep.: curas cordis manis,
Lucr. 3, 116:acres cuppedinis,
id. 5, 46:gravi saucia curā (Dido),
Verg. A. 4, 1:atra, Hor C. 3, 1, 40: edaces,
id. ib. 2, 11, 18:vitiosa,
id. ib. 2, 16, 22:sine curā esse,
Cic. Att. 12, 6, 4; 15, 12, 2:quid facerem, curā cruciabar miser,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 23:cura est, negoti quid sit aut quid nuntiet,
I am anxious, my concern is, id. ib. 1, 2, 10; cf.: amica mea quid agat, Cura est, ut valeat, id. Stich. [p. 501] 5, 2, 4:mihi maximae curae est, non de meā quidem vitā, sed me patria sollicitat, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 10, 1, 1.—With pro:quam pro me curam geris,
Verg. A. 12, 48.—With in:nullā in posterum curā,
Tac. H. 3, 55.— Plur.:cur eam rem tam studiose curas, quae tibi multas dabit curas,
Auct. Her. 4, 14, 21:at tibi curarum milia quanta dabit!
Prop. 1, 5, 10.—In partic., the care, pain, or anxiety of love, love ( poet.):2.crescit enim assidue spectando cura puellae,
Prop. 3 (4), 21, 3; cf. Ov. R. Am. 311:tua sub nostro pectore cura,
Prop. 1, 15, 31:et juvenum curas et libera vina referre,
Hor. A. P. 85: hinc illaec primum Veneris dulcedinis in cor Stillavit gutta et successit frigida cura, chilling anxiety for one loved, Lucr. 4, 1060.—Hence,Meton. (abstr. pro concr.), the loved object, the mistress:tua cura, Lycoris,
Verg. E. 10, 22; Prop. 2 (3), 25, 1; 2 (3), 34, 9; Hor. C. 2, 8, 8; Verg. Cir. 75; cf.:puer, mea maxima cura,
id. A. 1, 678; 10, 132:cura deum,
id. ib. 3, 46:raucae, tua cura, palumbes,
id. E. 1, 57 Forbig. ad loc. -
25 teneo
tĕnĕo, tĕnŭi, tentum, 2 ( perf. subj. tetinerim, Pac. ap. Non. 178, 15:I. A.tetinerit,
Att. ib. 178, 12:tetinisse,
Pac. ib. 178, 11; fut. perf. tetinero, acc. to Fest. p. 252 Müll. Another collat. form of the perf. tenivi, acc. to Charis. p. 220 P.; Diom. pp. 363 and 369 ib.), v. a. and n. [root ten-, tan-; Gr. tanumai, teinô; Sanscr. tanomi, to stretch, spread; this root appears in many derived meanings; cf. Lat.: tendo, tenuis, tener, tenor, tenus].Lit.1.In gen.: Eu. Porrige bracchium, prehende: jam tenes? Cha. Teneo. Eu. Tene, Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 42; cf.2.argentum,
id. Pers. 3, 3, 9:cum pyxidem teneret in manu,
Cic. Cael. 26, 63;for which: aliquid manu,
Quint. 10, 7, 31; Ov. M. 11, 560; id. A. A. 1, 320; Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 34:aliquid dextrā,
Ov. F. 1, 99:digitis,
id. ib. 2, 102; id. M. 9, 86; 9, 522:lacertis,
id. ib. 2, 100 al.:radicem ore,
Cic. Div. 2, 68, 141:cibum ore,
Phaedr. 1, 4, 6;for which: decoctum diu in ore,
Plin. 25, 13, 105, § 166:aliquem in sinu,
Ov. H. 3, 114;for which: aliquem sinu,
id. ib. 13, 157:flabellulum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 50:facem,
Verg. A. 6, 224:telum,
Liv. 2, 19. — Prov.: manu tenere aliquid, to seize, grasp, or comprehend a thing which is palpable or evident: aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias: leges, quātenus manu tenere possunt;philosophi, quātenus ratione et intellegentiā,
Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; cf.:cum res non conjecturā, sed oculis ac manibus teneretur,
id. Clu. 7, 20. —In partic.a.With the accessory idea of possession, to hold, i. e. to be master of, have in one ' s power, possess, etc. (syn.:b.possideo, habeo): multa hereditatibus, multa emptionibus, multa dotibus tenebantur sine injuriā,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 81:quae tenuit dives Achaemenes,
Hor. C. 2, 12, 21:Evander qui multis ante tempestatibus tenuerat loca,
Liv. 1, 5:provinciam a praedonibus liberam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 11, 32:colles praesidiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 43:Formiarum moenia et Lirim,
Hor. C. 3, 17, 8:tenente Caesare terras,
id. ib. 3, 14, 15:rem publicam,
Cic. Mur. 39, 83; id. Sest. 19, 44:summam imperii,
Caes. B. G. 3, 22:equitum centurias,
Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3:alterum cornu,
to command, Nep. Pelop. 4, 3:provincias aliaque omnia,
Sall. C. 39, 2: scenam, to have sole possession of. [p. 1854] rule over, Suet. Tit. 7. —Of the possession of the object of affection: te tenet,
Tib. 1, 6, 35; 2, 6, 52; Verg. E. 1, 32; Ov. H. 2, 103 Ruhnk.; 15, 88; id. Am. 3, 7, 3; Phaedr. 2, 2, 4.—In colloq. lang., teneo te, I have you once more, of again seeing the beloved person:teneone te, Antiphila, maxime animo exoptata meo?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 27 Ruhnk.; Sen. Ben. 7, 4; Ov. H. 18, 183; cf.:et comitem Aenean juxta natumque tenebat Ingrediens,
Verg. A. 8, 308.—Also like our I have you (fast, bound, etc.):teneo te, inquam, nam ista Academiae est propria sententia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 48, 148; id. Quint. 20, 63.— Absol.: qui tenent (sc. rem publicam), who are in possession of the State, of public affairs:qui tenent, qui potiuntur,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 3; 2, 18, 1. —With the accessory idea of firmness, persistence, to hold fast, occupy; to watch, guard, defend; to maintain, retain a thing:c.legio locum non tenuit atque in proximum collem se recepit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 44:montes teneri,
id. B. G. 3, 2:haec noctu firmis praesidiis tenebantur,
id. ib. 7, 69:Capitolia celsa tenebat,
Verg. A. 8, 653:quo teneam Protea nodo?
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 90:te neque intra Claustra tenebo,
id. C. 3, 11, 44; cf.:in manicis et Compedibus saevo te sub custode tenebo,
id. Ep. 1, 16, 77: laqueis (se) sensit teneri... fugam frustra tentabat;at illam Lenta tenet radix exsultantemque coërcet,
Ov. M. 11, 74 sq.; 1, 535:Athenae tuae sempiternam in arce oleam tenere potuerunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 1, 2:agri qui diu aquam tenent,
Pall. Apr. 2, 4:classem ibi tenebat,
Liv. 31, 46, 8: secundissimo vento cursum tenere, to hold or keep one ' s course, Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 83; cf.:vento intermisso cursum non tenuit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 8; 4, 28; so,cursum,
Cic. Planc. 21, 52; id. Rep. 1, 2, 3 fin.; Quint. 4, 3, 13:quo iter,
Verg. A. 1, 370; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 10:(lunam) fingunt cursus viam sub sole tenere,
Lucr. 5, 714:tenuit tamen vestigia Bucar,
Liv. 29, 32, 6.—With the accessory idea of reaching the object aimed at, to reach, attain a place:d.montes effuso cursu Sabini petebant et pauci tenuere,
Liv. 1, 37, 4:regionem,
id. 30, 25, 11:Tenum,
id. 36, 21, 1:terram,
id. 37, 16, 4; 37, 11, 5; 37, 13, 4;26, 29, 4: Hesperiam,
Ov. F. 1, 498:portus,
id. H. 18, 198; Tac. Agr. 38 fin.:cum quibus (navibus) Cythnum insulam tenuit,
id. H. 2, 9.—With the accessory idea of movement impeded, to hold fast, hold back, hinder, restrain, detain, check, control, stay, etc.:(β).naves, quae vento tenebantur,
Caes. B. G. 4, 22:quid hic agatur, scire poteris ex eo, qui litteras attulit, quem diutius tenui, quia, etc.,
Cic. Att. 11, 3, 1:si id te non tenet, advola,
id. Fam. 16, 19:septimum jam diem Corcyrae tenebamur,
id. ib. 16, 7 init.:Marcellum ab gerundis rebus valetudo adversa Nolae tenuit,
Liv. 24, 20, 7:non tenebo te pluribus,
Cic. Fam. 11, 16, 3; cf. absol.:ne diutius teneam,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34: solutum (corpus) tenere, Cels. praef. med.; cf.ventrem,
id. 4, 19 med.:tene linguam,
Ov. F. 2, 602:pecus omne tenendum,
Verg. G. 2, 371:vix a te videor posse tenere manus,
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 10; so,manus,
id. M. 13, 203; cf.:manum stomachumque teneto,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 44:saeva tene cum Berecyntio Cornu tympana,
id. C. 1, 18, 13:et Phoebi tenuere viam,
i. e. impeded, closed up, Luc. 5, 136:quo me decet usque teneri?
Verg. A. 5, 384:lacrimas,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; so,lacrimas in morte miserā non tenebamus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 172:dictator exercitum in stativis tenebat,
Liv. 6, 14, 1. —Esp.: se tenere, to keep back, remain, stay:B.Sabinus castris sese tenebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 17; 1, 40; Liv. 2, 45, 2:nullā clade acceptā castris se pavidus tenebat,
id. 3, 26, 3:Hasdrubal procul ab hoste intervallo tenebat se,
id. 23, 26, 2:se domi a conventu remotum tenere,
Nep. Dion, 9, 1:ego tamen teneo ab accusando vix me hercule: sed tamen teneo,
restrain myself, refrain, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2:nec se tenuit, quin, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 4, 12; cf.mid.: teneri non potui, quin tibi apertius illud idem his litteris declararem,
id. Att. 15, 14, 2; Just. 6, 7, 10; cf.:se intra silentium tenuit,
Plin. Ep. 4, 17, 8:multum me intra silentium tenui,
id. ib. 7, 6, 6.—Trop.1.In gen., to hold, contain in the mind, to conceive, comprehend, know (syn.:2.percipio, intellego): nunc ego teneo, nunc scio, Quid sit hoc negotii,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 39: tenes Quorsum haec tendant quae loquor, id. Ps. 1, 2, 81:tenes, quid dicam?
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 22:teneo,
I understand, id. And. 1, 1, 59:teneo quid erret,
id. 3, 2, 18; Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37; cf.: quibus capiatur Caesar, tenes, Caecin. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 5:quae a Romanis auguribus ignorantur, a Cilicibus... Lyciis tenentur,
Cic. Div. 1, 15, 25:quoniam ea, quae tenebatis ipsi, etiam ex me audire voluistis,
id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:alicujus reconditos sensus,
id. Sest. 10, 22:quo pacto cuncta tenerem,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 8:et teneo melius ista,
Mart. 4, 37, 7.—With inf.:nullus frugi esse homo potest, nisi qui et bene facere et male tenet,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 10; Lucr. 3, 647.—In partic.a.To have possession of, have the mastery of, to control any thing:b.cum rem publicam opes paucorum non virtutes tenere coeperunt,
Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 51.—To hold fast, guard, preserve, uphold, keep, insist (syn. servo):c.sin consuetudinem meam, quam in re publicā semper habui, tenuero,
Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 27:ordinem,
id. ib. 5, 13, 35:portum,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:statum,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44:non tenebat ornatum suum civitas,
id. ib. 1, 27, 43:si jus suum populi teneant,
id. ib. 1, 32, 48:nec diutius umquam tenetur idem rei publicae modus,
id. ib. 1, 44, 68:est boni viri, haec duo tenere in amicitiā, etc.,
id. Lael. 18, 65:morem,
id. Off. 3, 10, 44; so id. Fl. 7, 15; Verg. A. 3, 408:foedus,
Cic. Balb. 15, 34:tenebat non modo auctoritatem, sed etiam imperium in suos,
id. Sen. 11, 37:silentium,
Liv. 1, 28, 8.—To hold fast, maintain, support, defend, uphold, insist:d.illud arcte tenent accurateque defendunt, voluptatem esse summum bonum,
hold fast, maintain, Cic. Par. 1, 3, 14; cf.:illud, quod multos annos tenuisset,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 71; and:quod idem Peripatetici non tenent,
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:propositum tenere,
to maintain, Caes. B. C. 3, 42, 1:suas leges,
Cic. Verr. 1, 4, 13:causam apud centumviros,
id. Caecin. 24, 67:quo causae teste tenentur,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 43:locum quendam cum aliquo,
Cic. Brut. 21, 81.— With ne:plebs tenuit, ne consules in proximum annum crearentur,
Liv. 4, 30, 16:ne quid ferretur ad populum, patres tenuere,
id. 3, 29, 8; 24, 19, 7. — With ut:tenuere patres, ut Fabius consul crearetur,
Liv. 2, 42, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:scripseram tenuisse Varenum ut sibi evocare testes liceret,
Plin. Ep. 6, 5, 1.—Of memory:e.alicujus memoriam cum summā benevolentiā tenere,
to recollect, preserve a recollection of, Cic. Fam. 6, 2, 1.—Esp.:memoriā tenere: memoriā tenetis, compluris in Capitolio res de caelo esse percussas,
you remember, Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 19; id. Fam. 1, 9, 12; Caes. B. G. 1, 14; cf.:memoriā teneo, C. Sulpicium Gallum, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 14, 21; v. memoria; so without memoria, to bear in mind, remember, recollect:satin' haec meministi et tenes?
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 1:numeros memini, si verba tenerem,
Verg. E. 9, 45:dicta tenere,
Hor. A. P. 336; id. S. 2, 4, 8:quem (Cyrum) omnia militum tenuisse creditum est nomina,
Quint. 11, 2, 50; 11, 2, 45.—To reach an object striven after, to gain, acquire, obtain, attain (syn. assequor):f.per cursum rectum regnum tenere,
Cic. Agr. 2, 17, 44:Servium Tullium post hunc captivā natum, ingenio virtute regnum tenuisse,
Liv. 4, 3, 12:teneri res aliter non potest,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1, 3:multa tenuisse,
Liv. 42, 11, 8:causam,
Ov. M. 13, 190.—To hold, hold back, repress, restrain, bind, fetter, etc. (syn.:g.refreno, retineo): iracundiam teneat, avaritiam coërceat,
Cic. Par. 5, 1, 33:dolorem,
id. Att. 12, 38, 2:cupiditates,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:somnum,
id. Brut. 80, 278:risum,
id. Vatin. 8, 20; Hor. A. P. 5:iram,
Curt. 4, 2, 5:ea, quae occurrant, tenere,
to hold back, keep to themselves, Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 221.—Of laws, etc., to bind, hold, obligate, be binding on, control, etc.:h.quamquam leges eum non tenent,
Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11; cf.:interdicto non teneri,
id. Caecin. 14, 41:voto quodam et promisso teneri,
id. Att. 12, 18, 1:ut plebi scita omnes Quirites tenerent,
Liv. 8, 12, 14; cf.:olim patricii dicebant se plebi scitis non teneri,
Gai. Inst. 1, 3:cum velut in controverso jure esset, tenerenturne patres plebi scitis, legem tulere, ut quod tributim plebis jussisset, populum teneret,
Liv. 3, 55, 3:teneri alienis foederibus,
id. 24, 29, 11: poenā teneri, to be subject or liable to, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 5:testibus in re perspicuā teneri,
to be convicted, id. Caecin. 2, 4; cf.: nemo ita in manifesto peccatu tenebatur, ut, etc., id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 191:caedis teneri,
Quint. 5, 14, 11:teneri repetundarum,
Tac. A. 11, 7 fin.:furti,
Dig. 6, 1, 4:injuriarum,
ib. 47, 10, 11:mandati,
ib. 17, 1, 10.— Transf.:nisi illi ipsi, qui eas (libidines) frangere deberent, cupiditatis ejusdem tenerentur,
Cic. Leg. 3, 13, 31 Mos. and Orell. N. cr. —Of dispositions, desires, etc., to possess, occupy, control:k.quae te tanta pravitas mentis tenuerit, ut, etc.,
has had possession of you, Cic. Vatin. 6, 14:summum me eorum (librorum) studium tenet,
id. Att. 1, 11, 3:magna me spes tenet,
id. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:de triumpho nulla me cupiditas umquam tenuit,
id. Att. 7, 2, 6:si consilio pulso libidines iracundiaeve tenerent omnia,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 60:nisi forte quem inhonesta et perniciosa libido tenet,
Sall. J. 3, 4: neque irā neque gratiā teneri, to be controlled or influenced, Cic. N. D. 1, 17, 45; so,teneri desiderio,
id. Sen. 10, 33:studio philosophiae,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 4:magno amore,
Verg. A. 1, 675:pompā, ludis atque ejusmodi spectaculis teneri,
to be enchained, fascinated, Cic. Fin. 5, 18, 48; cf.:ut oculi picturā teneantur, aures cantibus,
id. Ac. 2, 7, 20:is qui audit, ab oratore jam obsessus est ac tenetur,
id. Or. 62, 210.—With ne, Ov. M. 7, 146. —To take in, comprise, comprehend, include:II.haec magnos formula reges, Excepto sapiente, tenet,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 46.—More freq. pass.: teneri aliquā re, to be contained, comprised, grounded, to consist in a thing:ut homines deorum agnatione et gente teneantur,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 23:id quod (genus officiorum) teneatur hominum societate,
id. Off. 1, 45, 160:quae (causae) familiaritate et consuetudine tenentur,
id. Fam. 13, 29, 1:dixi jam antea, ipsam rationem arandi spe magis et jucunditate quadam quam fructu atque emolumento teneri,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227.Neutr. (freq. after the Aug. per.; perh. not in Cic.).A.Lit.1.To hold a position anywhere, maintain one ' s self:2.quā abscisae rupes erant, statio paucorum armatorum tenebat,
Liv. 32, 5, 12:duo extra ordinem milia tenuere,
id. 3, 62, 7:tenent Danai, quā deficit ignis,
Verg. A. 2, 505.—For cursum tenere, to hold or take one ' s way, to sail, steer in any direction:B.Aeneam... ab Siciliā classe ad Laurentem agrum tenuisse,
Liv. 1, 1, 4:Cassandream petentes, primo ad Mendin tenuere,
Liv. 31, 45, 14:ad Mendaeum,
id. 21, 49, 2:Diam,
Ov. M. 3, 690:Creten,
id. ib. 13, 706:Hesperiam,
id. F. 1, 498:Ausoniam,
id. ib. 4, 290 al.:medio tutissimus ibis... Inter utrumque tene,
Ov. M. 2, 140.—Trop., with the accessory idea of continuance (cf. I. A. 2. b. and B. 2. b. supra), to hold out, hold on, last, endure, continue, maintain itself, prevail, etc. (cf. obtineo):imber per noctem totam tenuit,
Liv. 23, 44, 6; cf.:incendium per duas noctes ac diem unum tenuit,
id. 24, 47, 15:per aliquot dies ea consultatio tenuit,
id. 2, 3, 5; 3, 47, 6:tenet fama, lupam, etc.,
id. 1, 4, 6:quod nunc quoque tenet nomen,
id. 1, 17, 6:fama tenuit, haud plus fuisse modio,
id. 23, 12, 2; 21, 46, 10:tenuit consuetudo, quae cottidie magis invalescit, ut, etc.,
Quint. 2, 1, 1 Spald.; so,consuetudo, ut, etc.,
id. 8, 5, 2:nomen illud tenet,
id. 9, 4, 47 Spald.; cf. Ov. M. 1, 712. -
26 ὑπό
ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπάAἈρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
,ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149,ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), andὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
;ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
;περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt.,τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
;αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
;τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion,ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
;βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
;ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
;κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
;ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
;νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
;τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
;δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; , cf. Th.7, al.;πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
;ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; (anap.);ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
;ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
;ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
;ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
;ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
;ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
;ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
;Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.3 freq. of things as well as persons,ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
;κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.);χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
;ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
;χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
;ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33;οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
;ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
;ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ;ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.5 of accompanying music, to give the time,κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278;ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.);ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.;ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
;ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
;ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.);ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
;χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
;ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7;οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
;ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
;τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12;ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782;ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
;ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.;ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
;ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; (lyr.);ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
;ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.4 behind,ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of,ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
;ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
;ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
;βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
;ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
;ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete);ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156;ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
;ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense,ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64;ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
;κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
;ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
;τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
;τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
;ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances,ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
;αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
;ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
;ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
;ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
;ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
;παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
;ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
;ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.;ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.);ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
;τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
;τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
;ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); alsoἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
;Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
;ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
;τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.);οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.);ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.);κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.;ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
;μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v.πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
;ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
;εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf.αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position.κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; ,al.3 of the logical subordination of things under a class,τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
;ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
;ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
;τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74;ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.ἥλιος 11.1
);ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.);τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.);στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes);μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
;ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
;ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
;ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.);ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.IV of accompaniment,ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
;ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.F IN COMPOSITION:I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111. -
27 mando
1.mando, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. [manusdo], to commit to one's charge, to enjoin, commission, order, command (syn.: praecipio, edico); constr. alicui aliquid, with ut, ne, the simple subj., or with inf. (class.).I.Lit.(α).Alicui aliquid:(β).tibi de nostris rebus nihil sum mandaturus per litteras,
Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 1:praeterea typos tibi mando,
id. Att. 1, 10, 3:si quid velis, huic mandes,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 7:L. Clodio mandasse, quae illum mecum loqui velles,
Cic. Fam. 3, 4, 1:alicui mandare laqueum,
to bid go and be hanged, Juv. 10, 57.—With ellipsis of dat.:tamquam hoc senatus mandasset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 39, § 84:excusationem,
Suet. Oth. 6:haec ego numquam mandavi,
Juv. 14, 225.—With ut or ne:(γ).Voluseno mandat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 21:mandat ut exploratores in Suebos mittant,
id. ib. 6, 10, 3:Caesar per litteras Trebonio magnopere mandaverat, ne, etc.,
id. B. C. 2, 13.—With simple subj.:(δ).huic mandat, Remos reliquosque Belgas adeat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 11.—With object-clause:(ε).mandavit Tigranen Armeniā exturbare,
Tac. A. 15, 2:non aliter cineres mando jacere meos,
Mart. 1, 88, 10.—Impers. pass.:II.fecerunt ut eis mandatum fuerat,
Vulg. Gen. 45, 21.—Transf.A.In gen., to commit, consign, enjoin, confide, commend, intrust any thing to a person or thing:B.ego tibi meas res mando,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 54:bona nostra haec tibi permitto et tuae mando fidei,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 61:ludibrio habeor... ab illo, quoi me mandavisti, meo viro,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 32:(adulescens) qui tuae mandatus est fide et fiduciae,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 80; 91; 99:aliquem alicui alendum,
Verg. A. 3, 49:alicui magistratum,
Caes. B. C. 3, 59:honores,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 37, § 81:filiam viro,
to give in marriage, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 32:aliquem aeternis tenebris vinculisque,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:se fugae,
to betake one's self to flight, Caes. B. G. 2, 24:fugae et solitudini vitam suam,
Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 20:semen terrae,
i. e. to sow, Col. 1, 7, 6:hordea sulcis,
Verg. E. 5, 36:corpus humo,
to bury, id. A. 9, 214:aliquid memoriae,
Cic. Quint. 6, 24:litteris,
to commit to writing, id. de Or. 2, 12, 52:scriptis actiones nostras,
id. Off. 2, 1, 3:historiae,
id. Div. 2, 32, 69:monumentis,
id. Ac. 2, 1, 2:fruges conditas vetustati,
to keep for a long time, to suffer to grow old, id. N. D. 2, 60, 151:Alcibiadem interficiendum insidiis mandare,
Just. 5, 2, 5.— Absol.:Claudio mandante ac volente (opp. invito),
Vop. Aur. 16, 2.—To charge a person to announce something, to send word to a person or place only poet. and in post-Aug. prose):A.mandare ad Pisonem, noli, etc.,
Suet. Calig. 25:mandabat in urbem, nullum proelio finem exspectarent,
sent word, Tac. A. 14, 38:ferre ad nuptam quae mittit adulter, quae mandat,
Juv. 3, 46:senatui mandavit, bellum se ei illaturum,
Eutr. 5, 5:consulantes, si quid ad uxores suas mandarent,
Flor. 3, 3, 6.—P. a. as subst.: mandā-tum, i, n., a charge, order, commission, injunction, command.In gen.:B.ut mandatum scias me procurasse,
have performed the commission, Cic. Att. 5, 7, 3:hoc mandatum accepi a Patre,
Vulg. Joh. 10, 18.—More freq. in plur.:omnibus ei de rebus, quas agi a me voles, mandata des, velim,
Cic. Fam. 3, 1, 2:dare mandata alicui in aliquem,
id. ib. 3, 11, 5:dare alicui mandata, ut, etc.,
id. Phil. 6, 3, 6:accipere ab aliquo,
id. ib. 8, 8, 23:persequi,
to perform, execute, fulfil, id. Q. Fr. 2, 14, 2:audire,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:alicujus exhaurire,
id. Att. 5, 1, 5:exponere in senatu,
id. de Or. 2, 12, 49:exsequi,
id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Sall. J. 35, 5:facere,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 64; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 72:perficere,
Liv. 1, 56:efficere,
Sall. J. 58:facere,
Curt. 7, 9, 17:deferre,
to deliver, Cic. Att. 7, 14, 1:perferre,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 18:neglegere,
to neglect, not perform, Ov. H. 16, 303:fallere,
id. M. 6, 696:haec mandata,
Liv. 21, 54, 4: legatis occulta mandata data sint, ut, Just. 34, 1, 5.— Poet., with inf.:producetque virum, dabit et mandata reverti,
and enjoin him to return, Ov. H. 13, 143.—Esp. as legal term.1.A commission constituting a mutual obligation; hence, in gen., a contract:2.mandatum constitit, sive nostra gratia mandamus, sive alienā: id est, sive ut mea negotia geras, sive ut alterius mandem tibi, erit mandati obligatio, et invicem alter alteri tenebimur,
Gai. Inst. 3, 155 sqq.:itaque mandati constitutum est judicium non minus turpe, quam furti,
i. e. for breach of contract, Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:actio mandati,
an action for the non-performance of a contract, Dig. 17, 1, 8, § 3.—An imperial command, mandate, Plin. Ep. 10, 110, 1; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 111:C.principum,
Front. Aquaed. 3.—Esp. of the secret orders of the emperors:(Galba) mandata Neronis de nece sua deprenderat,
Suet. Galb. 9; id. Tib. 52:occulta mandata,
Tac. A. 2, 43:fingere scelesta mandata,
id. ib. 2, 71; 3, 16; id. H. 4, 49.—In eccl. lang., the law or commandment of God:2.mandatum hoc, quod ego praecipio tibi hodie, non supra te est,
Vulg. Deut. 30, 11:nec custodisti mandata,
id. 1 Reg. 13, 13:maximum et primum mandatum,
id. Matt. 22, 38.mando, di, sum (in the dep. form mandor, acc. to Prisc. p. 799 P.), 3, v. a. [akin to madeo, properly to moisten; hence], to chew, masticate (syn. manduco).I.Lit. (class.):II.animalia alia sugunt, alia carpunt, alia vorant, alia mandunt,
Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 122:asini lentissime mandunt,
Plin. 17, 9, 6, § 54; Col. 6, 2, 14.— Poet.:(equi) fulvum mandunt sub dentibus aurum,
i. e. champ, Verg. A. 7, 279:tristia vulnera saevo dente,
i. e. to eat the flesh of slaughtered animals, Ov. M. 15, 92.—In part. perf.: mansum ex ore daturum, Lucil. ap. Non. 140, 14; Varr. ib. 12:omnia minima mansa in os inserere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 39, 162:ut cibos mansos ac prope liquefactos demittimus,
Quint. 10, 1, 19.—Transf., in gen., to eat, devour (mostly poet. and in postAug. prose): quom socios nostros mandisset impiu' Cyclops, Liv. Andr. ap. Prisc. p. 817 P.; Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 683 P. (Ann. v. 141 Vahl.):3.apros,
Plin. 8, 51, 78, § 210:Diomedes immanibus equis mandendos solitus objectare advenas,
to throw to them for food, Mel. 2, 2.— Poet.: mandere humum (like mordere humum), to bite the ground, said of those who fall in battle, Verg. A. 11, 669; so,compressa aequora,
Val. Fl. 3, 106: corpora Graiorum maerebat mandier igni, to be consumed, Matius in Varr. L. L. 6, § 95 Müll.mando, ōnis, m. [2. mando], a glutton, gormandizer: mandonum gulae, Lucil. ap. Non. 17, 16; cf. manduco. -
28 полет
flight
движение объекта (ла) в атмосфере под воздействием аэродинамических, аэростатических или реактивных сил. — the movement of an object through the atmosphere sustained by aerodynamic, aerostatic, or reaction forces.
- без крена — wings-level flight
-, беспосадочный — nonstop flight
-, бреющий — low-level flight
- вверх колесами — inverted fligtit
- в зоне ожидания, продолжительный — prolonged holding
-, визуальный — contact flight
при визуальном полете контроль положения и траектория движения самолета осуществляется визуально, наблюдением пролетаемой земной поверхности. — contact flight is flight of aircraft in which the attitude of the aircraft and its flight path can at all times be controlled by means of visual reference to the ground or water.
- в спокойном воздухе — still-air flight
- в условиях "оболтанки" — bumpy-air flight
- в условиях плохой видимости — low visibility flight
- в усповии стандартной плотности воздуха — flight in air that is equivalent to standard air density
- ' высотный — high-altitude flight
-, гиперзвуковой — hypersonic flight
-, горизонтальный (ла) — leval /horizontal/ flight
-, групповой — formation flight
-, дальний — long-distance flight
-, директорный (управление самолетом вручную по указаниям директорных приборов) — flight with flight director (fd) commands
-, длительный — prolonged /extended/ flight
уменьшить градиент набора высоты на 55 % для выполнения длительного полета в условиях обледенения. — decrease climb gradient 55 % for prolonged flight in icing conditions.
-, дневной — day flight
-, заводской испытательный — factory test flight
-, испытательный — test flight
-, контрольный — check flight
полет с целью проверки самолета на эксплуатационных режимах после ремонта, замены двигателей, агрегатов, ипи для проверки квалификации летчика. — flight.to test the aircraft after repair, engine's) or accesseries replacement. а flight in which а pilot is tested ог examined for proficiency.
-, контрольный (для проверки характеристик ла) — check flight. а flight made to check or test the performance of an ai rcraft.
-, крейсерский — cruising flight
-, криволинейный — curvilinear flight
-, медленный (на минимальной эволютивной скорости) — slow flight flight at minimum controllable airspeed.
- на авиалиниях малой (средней, большой) протяженности — short-(medium-, long-) haul service
- на боевом курсе (заход на цель) — run-in
- на больших высотах — high-altitude flight
- на восток (и т.п.) — east-bound flight
- на дальность — long range cruise /flight/
- на (двух) двигателях — flight on (two) engines
- на буксире (планера) — aero-tow flight
- над водным пространством, (длительный) — (extended) overwater flight
- над высотой перехода — flight above transition altitude
- над облаками — over-the-top flight
flight made above an overcart, usually a cloud formation.
- над погодой — overweather flight
- на (расстояние)... км — flying over distance of... km
- на заданную дальность — flying over the desired range /distance/
- на критическом угле атаки — stall flight
- на максимальную дальность — long range cruise (lrc)
- на малой скорости — low-speed flight
- на малых высотах — low-altitude flight
- на полном газе — full-throttle flight
- на привод — homing
полет на источник радиоволн, с использованием направленной (рамочной) антонны. — following а path of radio waves by means of а directional antenna to the point of transmission.
- на продолжительность — endurance flight
- на радиостанцию — flight towards the station, flight inbound the station
- на режиме висения (верт.) — hovering flight
- на режиме максимальной мощности — maximum power flight
- на режиме наибольшей дальности, крейсерский — long range cruise (lrc)
- на режиме наибольшей продолжитепьности, крейсерский — high-endurance cruise (hrc)
- на эшелоне 10.000 м — 10.000 (m)-level flight
- на эшелоне 37000 футов — 370-level flight
-, ночной — night flight
-, обратный — return flight
во время обратного полета ла подвергся сильному обледенению. — on return flight the aircraft was subjected to severe icing.
-, ознакомительный — familiarization flight
- от радиостанции — flight outbound /rom/ the static п
-, парящий — soaring flight
-, патрульный — patrol flight
-, первый (опытного образца ла) — maiden flight. the first airbus took off on its maiden flight on october 1972.
-, перевернутый — inverted flight
-, перегоночный — ferry flight
- планера, буксируемого самолетом — aero-tow flight
-, планирующий — gliding flight
- по заданной траектории — desired flight path flying
- no 3k (заданному курсу) — along-heading flight
- no заданному маршруту — desired track flying
- no замкнутому кругу — closed-circuit flight
-, показательный — demonstration flight
- no командным стрелкам директорных приборов — flight by using display of command bars, flight by satisfying the command bars commands
- no "коробочке" — rectangular approach traffic pattern flight
- no кругу — circuit flight /flying/, circular /circling/ flight
- no кругу (левосторонний) — (left-hand) traffic circuit flying
полет, выполняемый над аэродромом по установленму замкнутому маршруту
- по курсу — flight on heading /course/
- по лзп (линии заданного пути) — along-track flight
- по линии пути (60о) (по сигналам) станции vor, в направлении от (к) станции — flying on (60о) outbound (inbound) vor radial
- по маршруту — enroute flight
- по маякам vor — vor course flight
- по маякам vor, автоматический — vor course automatic flight
- no обратному лучу (маяка ils) — back locali2er course flying, localizer back beam ffying (b/l)
- no (наземным) ориентирам — flight by reference to ground objects
- no ортодромии (рис. 111) — great circle flying
полет на большое расстояние e использованием метода счисления пути по ортодромическому курсу от пункта вылета до пункта назначения. — the method of flying by dead reckoning over great distances and following а оgreat circleп track from the point of departure to the destination.
- no параллельной линии пути (рис. 124) — parallel track flying, procedure to fly parallel track
- no параллельным трассам (рис. 124) — flight on parallel tracks, procedure to f'ly parallel track
- no 9-ти запрограммированным ппм — flight (plan) with 9 wpts stored
- по правилам визуального полета (в условиях хорошей видимости) — flight under visual flight rules, flight under vfr conditions, vfr flight
- no правилам полета по приборам (в условиях плохой видимости) — flight under instrument flight rules, flight under ifr conditions, ifr flight
при данном полете погодные условия ниже минимума, позвопяющего выполнять полет no правилам визуального полета. — "ifr conditions" means weather conditions below the minimum for flight under visual flight rules.
- no приборам — instrument flight
- no приборам в условиях плохой видимости — ifr flight
- по прямой — straight flight
- по прямому лучу (маяка илс) — front localizer course flying, localizer front beam flying
- no сигналам системы директорного управления (сду) — flight with response to fd commands
-, поступательный (вертолета) — forward flight
- по условным меридианам — grid flight
during а grid flight the free gyro direction will slowly drift from grid north.
-, приемно-сдаточный — acceptance flight
-, продолжительный — prolonged /extended/ flight
prolonged flight at high nose-up attitude.
-, прямолинейный — straight flight
режим полета самолета, при котором его цт движется по прямолинейной траектории горизонтально или под углом к горизонту. — ап aircraft flying along straight level or slant flight path.
-, прямолинейный горизонтальный — straight and level flight. the adjustment and maintenance of an aircraft in three planes: vertical, lateral, and horizontal.
-, равномерный (без ускорения — unaccelerated flight
-, рейсовый — scheduled flight
-, рекордный — record flight
-, самостоятельный — solo flight
лицо, выполняющее самостоятепьный полет, является единственным лицом на борту ла, управляющим nолетом ла. — а person is engaged in solo flight when he is the sole operator of the controls and is in command of aircraft in flight.
- с большим углом кабрирования — flight at high nose-up attitude
- с брошенной ручкой — stick-free flight
- с брошенным управлением — controls free flight
- с визуальной ориентацией — vfr flight, flight under visual flight rules
- с визуапьной ориентацией в зоне с управляемым воздушным движением при неблагоприятных метеоусловиях — special vfr flight. а vfr flight authorized' by air traffic control to operate within а control zone under meteorological conditions below the visual meteorological conditions (vmc).
- с выключенным двигателем — power-off flight
- с гиперзвуковой скоростью — hypersonic flight
- с дозвуковой скоростью — subsonic flight
- с 9-ю запрограммированными ппм — flight (plan) with 9 wpts stored
- с использованием кислорода при подсосе воздуха — flight on deluted oxygen
-, слепой — instrument flight
- с набором высоты — ascent
- со снижением — descent
- с работающим двигателем — power-on flight
- строем — formation flying
- с ускорением — accelerated flight
-, тарировочный — calibration flight
-, транзитный — transit flight
-, тренировочный — practice tlight
-, установившийся — steady flight
-, учебно-тренировочный — training flight
-, учебный — training flight
-, фигурный — acrobatic /acrobatic/ flight
no п. (вид) — looking forward
при п. — in flight, when flying
против п. (вид) — looking aft
выполнять п. — fly
выполнять п. по кругу — circle
летать на бреющем п. — fly at а low level
прекращать п. по (данным) приборам (ввиду их отказа или неуверенности в правильности показаний) — disregard the (instrument) display
продолжать п. на двигателях — continue flight on engines
совершать п. — fly
устанавливать режим п. — establish flight conditionРусско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > полет
-
29 מצוה
מִצְוָהf. (b. h.; צָוָה) command, esp. religious act, meritorious deed. Ḥull.141a, a. fr. לדבר מ׳ for a religious purpose, opp. לדבר הרשות for a secular or religiously indifferent purpose.מלחמת מ׳ v. מִלְהָמָה.Ab. IV, 11 מ׳ אחת one good deed, opp. עֲבֵרָה sin. Ib. שכר מ׳ מ׳ the reward of a good deed is another good deed, v. גָּרַר. Ib. II, 1 מ׳ קלה a light command (obeyed with little sacrifice); Ned.39b; a. fr.מ׳ הבאה בעבירה a religious act achieved through a wrong deed, e. g. using an illegitimately obtained object for a religious ceremony. Succ.30a; a. fr.Y.Sabb.XIII, 14a bot.; Y.Ḥall.I, end, 58a אין עבירה מ׳ no-sin is virtue; אין מ׳ עבירה no-virtue is sin.Zeb.52a, a. fr. מ׳ (sub. קרבן) an offering dependent on certain occasions as ordained in the Law, opp. חובה an obligatory offering (at regular seasons).איסור מ׳, v. אִיסּוּר.Y.Sot.I, beg.16b איתמרת למ׳ (או) לעיכוב is this said only as a recommendation or as an indispensable act?; Y.Pes.II, 29b bot., a. fr., v. עִיכּוּב.Ḥull.106a משום מ׳ because it is meritorious; מאי מ׳ מ׳ לשמועוכ׳ what is the merit of it? It is meritorious to obey Ib. לא חובה ולא מ׳ אלא רשות neither an obligatory, nor a meritorious, but a religiously indifferent act; Sabb.25b.מִצְוַת עֲשֵׁה (abbr. מ״ע) a positive command; מ׳ לא תעשה a prohibition. Kidd. I, 7; a. v. fr., v. גְּרָמָא, a. לֹא, לַאו.מת מ׳ the corpse of a person whose relatives are unknown and whose burial is obligatory on everybody. Hor.13a פגע בהם מת מ׳ they struck upon a corpse; a. fr.M. Kat. 20a חמשה מתי מ׳ the five relations (besides father and mother) whom one is obliged to bury (Lev. 21:2, sq.).Lev. R. s. 34 תן לי מ׳ in give me what thou art commanded to, i. e. alms, v. next w.Pl. מִצְוֹת, מִצְווֹת. Macc.23b שש מאות … מ׳ six hundred and thirteen commands (positive and prohibitive). Y. Sabb. l. c.; Y. Ḥall. l. c. (ref. to אלה המצות, Lev. 27:34) אם עשיתן כְּמִצְוָותָן מ׳וכ׳ if thou doest them as they are commanded, they are deeds of merit R. Hash. 28b מ׳ אינו עובר עליהן אלא בזמנן one violates the law by adding to the prescribed form of ceremonies only when executed in their due season (e. g. one does not violate the law by dwelling in the Succah on the eighth day). Ib. מ׳ אין צריכות כונה; Ber.13a מ׳ צריכות כ׳, v. כַּוָּנָה. Succ.39a, a. e. כל המ׳ כולן מברךוכ׳ the benediction at the performance of religious ceremonies must precede the act. Nidd.61b מ׳ בטלות לע״ל ceremonial laws find no application in the hereafter (e. g. a dead body may be wrapped in Kilayim). Ib. חפשי מן המ׳, v. חָפְשִׁי; a. v. fr.Ker.17b (ref. to Lev. 5:17) מצוות קרינן the traditional reading (v. אֵם) is acts (therefore a doubt between two pieces, one permitted and one prohibited, is required for a sacrifice ( אשם תלוי). Ib. ליכא מ׳ the requirement of two pieces is not complied with. -
30 מִצְוָה
מִצְוָהf. (b. h.; צָוָה) command, esp. religious act, meritorious deed. Ḥull.141a, a. fr. לדבר מ׳ for a religious purpose, opp. לדבר הרשות for a secular or religiously indifferent purpose.מלחמת מ׳ v. מִלְהָמָה.Ab. IV, 11 מ׳ אחת one good deed, opp. עֲבֵרָה sin. Ib. שכר מ׳ מ׳ the reward of a good deed is another good deed, v. גָּרַר. Ib. II, 1 מ׳ קלה a light command (obeyed with little sacrifice); Ned.39b; a. fr.מ׳ הבאה בעבירה a religious act achieved through a wrong deed, e. g. using an illegitimately obtained object for a religious ceremony. Succ.30a; a. fr.Y.Sabb.XIII, 14a bot.; Y.Ḥall.I, end, 58a אין עבירה מ׳ no-sin is virtue; אין מ׳ עבירה no-virtue is sin.Zeb.52a, a. fr. מ׳ (sub. קרבן) an offering dependent on certain occasions as ordained in the Law, opp. חובה an obligatory offering (at regular seasons).איסור מ׳, v. אִיסּוּר.Y.Sot.I, beg.16b איתמרת למ׳ (או) לעיכוב is this said only as a recommendation or as an indispensable act?; Y.Pes.II, 29b bot., a. fr., v. עִיכּוּב.Ḥull.106a משום מ׳ because it is meritorious; מאי מ׳ מ׳ לשמועוכ׳ what is the merit of it? It is meritorious to obey Ib. לא חובה ולא מ׳ אלא רשות neither an obligatory, nor a meritorious, but a religiously indifferent act; Sabb.25b.מִצְוַת עֲשֵׁה (abbr. מ״ע) a positive command; מ׳ לא תעשה a prohibition. Kidd. I, 7; a. v. fr., v. גְּרָמָא, a. לֹא, לַאו.מת מ׳ the corpse of a person whose relatives are unknown and whose burial is obligatory on everybody. Hor.13a פגע בהם מת מ׳ they struck upon a corpse; a. fr.M. Kat. 20a חמשה מתי מ׳ the five relations (besides father and mother) whom one is obliged to bury (Lev. 21:2, sq.).Lev. R. s. 34 תן לי מ׳ in give me what thou art commanded to, i. e. alms, v. next w.Pl. מִצְוֹת, מִצְווֹת. Macc.23b שש מאות … מ׳ six hundred and thirteen commands (positive and prohibitive). Y. Sabb. l. c.; Y. Ḥall. l. c. (ref. to אלה המצות, Lev. 27:34) אם עשיתן כְּמִצְוָותָן מ׳וכ׳ if thou doest them as they are commanded, they are deeds of merit R. Hash. 28b מ׳ אינו עובר עליהן אלא בזמנן one violates the law by adding to the prescribed form of ceremonies only when executed in their due season (e. g. one does not violate the law by dwelling in the Succah on the eighth day). Ib. מ׳ אין צריכות כונה; Ber.13a מ׳ צריכות כ׳, v. כַּוָּנָה. Succ.39a, a. e. כל המ׳ כולן מברךוכ׳ the benediction at the performance of religious ceremonies must precede the act. Nidd.61b מ׳ בטלות לע״ל ceremonial laws find no application in the hereafter (e. g. a dead body may be wrapped in Kilayim). Ib. חפשי מן המ׳, v. חָפְשִׁי; a. v. fr.Ker.17b (ref. to Lev. 5:17) מצוות קרינן the traditional reading (v. אֵם) is acts (therefore a doubt between two pieces, one permitted and one prohibited, is required for a sacrifice ( אשם תלוי). Ib. ליכא מ׳ the requirement of two pieces is not complied with. -
31 antigüedad
f.1 antique, antique object, curio, relic.2 seniority, standing.3 antiquity, ancient history, ancient times, days of yore.4 length of service, duration of service.* * *1 (período) antiquity2 (en empleo) seniority3 (objeto) antique\en la antigüedad in olden days, in former timestienda de antigüedades antique shop* * *SF1) (=época) antiquitylos artistas de la antigüedad — the artists of antiquity, the artists of the ancient world
alta antigüedad, remota antigüedad — high antiquity
2) (=edad) antiquity, age; [en empleo] seniorityla fábrica tiene una antigüedad de 200 años — the factory has been going o in existence for 200 years
3) (=objeto) antique* * *a) (de monumento, objeto) ageb) ( en el trabajo) seniorityc) la Antigüedad (Hist) antiquityd) antigüedades femenino plural antiques (pl)* * *= antiquity, seniority, ancient times, oldness, age.Ex. The line of command concept also had its origins in the armies of antiquity and medieval ages.Ex. Promotions are arrived at by seniority, written examinations, and oral interviews.Ex. Thus, libraries of ancient times stored clay tablets, papyrus rolls, parchment scrolls and so on.Ex. Subsequent lessons identify changing demographic and social characteristics of older people in the United States and determine criteria for judging ' oldness'.Ex. The needs of readers housebound by physical disability, or made immobile by increasing age, are met by a supply of reading material from a van delivery service.----* antigüedades = antiques.* Antigüedad, la = Ancient World, the.* años de antigüedad = length of service.* clasificación por antigüedad = seniority ranking.* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.* desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.* en la antigüedad = in antiquity.* * *a) (de monumento, objeto) ageb) ( en el trabajo) seniorityc) la Antigüedad (Hist) antiquityd) antigüedades femenino plural antiques (pl)* * *la Antigüedad= Ancient World, theEx: Bexley has a different but similar system, which contains 31 broad categories including Ancient World, Travel and Exploration, Paranormal and War.
= antiquity, seniority, ancient times, oldness, age.Ex: The line of command concept also had its origins in the armies of antiquity and medieval ages.
Ex: Promotions are arrived at by seniority, written examinations, and oral interviews.Ex: Thus, libraries of ancient times stored clay tablets, papyrus rolls, parchment scrolls and so on.Ex: Subsequent lessons identify changing demographic and social characteristics of older people in the United States and determine criteria for judging ' oldness'.Ex: The needs of readers housebound by physical disability, or made immobile by increasing age, are met by a supply of reading material from a van delivery service.* antigüedades = antiques.* Antigüedad, la = Ancient World, the.* años de antigüedad = length of service.* clasificación por antigüedad = seniority ranking.* con más antigüedad = longest-serving.* desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.* en la antigüedad = in antiquity.* * *1 (de un monumento, un objeto) ageesas ruinas tienen varios siglos de antigüedad those ruins are several centuries old2 (en el trabajo) senioritypor orden de antigüedad according to seniority o length of service3la Antigüedad ( Hist) antiquityla Antigüedad Clásica Classical timestienda de antigüedades antique shop* * *
antigüedad sustantivo femenino
d) ( época):
antigüedad sustantivo femenino
1 (edad de un objeto) age
2 (periodo histórico) antiquity
en la antigüedad, in olden days, in former times
3 (en un puesto de trabajo) seniority
4 (objeto de valor por ser de otra época) antique
tienda de antigüedades, antique shop
' antigüedad' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
veteranía
English:
antique
- antiquity
- inhabit
- senior
- seniority
- service
- date
* * *antigüedad nf1. [edad] antiquity2. [veteranía] seniority;un plus de antigüedad a seniority bonus;un trabajador de veinte años de antigüedad a worker who has been with the company for twenty yearsantigüedad laboral seniority [in a post]4. [objeto antiguo] antique;antigüedades [tienda] antique shop* * *f1 age3:antigüedades pl antiques* * *antigüedad nf1) : antiquity2) : seniority3) : agecon siglos de antigüedad: centuries-old4) antigüedades nfpl: antiques* * *1. (edad)es una ciudad de casi tres mil años de antigüedad it's a city which is almost three thousand years old2. (época) ancient times3. (objeto) antique -
32 representación
f.1 representation, behalf.2 performance, play, acting, interpretation.3 representation, mental picture.4 representation, picture.5 theatrical, performance, dramatic performance.* * *1 (gen) representation2 TEATRO performance\en representación de as a representative of, representing* * *noun f.1) performance•* * *SF1) [de concepto, idea, imagen] representationen este cuadro el buitre es una representación de la muerte — in this painting the vulture represents death
2) [de país, pueblo, organización] (=acto) representation; (=delegación) delegationen el congreso había una nutrida representación de empresarios — there was a large representation of businessmen at the conference
en representación de: el abogado que actúa en representación del banco — the lawyer representing the bank
me invitaron a ir en representación de la empresa — they invited me to go as a representative of the company, they invited me to go to represent the company
representación diplomática — (=actividad) diplomatic representation; (=oficina) embassy
representación legal — (=acto) legal representation; (=abogado) lawyer(s)
la representación legal del acusado — (=acto) the defendant's legal representation; (=abogado) the lawyers representing the defendant, the defendant's lawyers
3) (Teat) (=función) performance; (=montaje) productionuna representación financiada por el Patronato de Turismo — a production financed by the Tourist Board
4) (Com) representationha conseguido la representación de varias firmas farmacéuticas — he has managed to become an agent for various pharmaceutical companies, he has managed to obtain the representation of various pharmaceutical companies
tener la representación exclusiva de un producto — to be sole agent for a product, have sole agency of a product frm
5) † (=súplica)6) †† (=importancia) standing* * *1) ( acción)2) ( delegación) delegation3) (Teatr) performance, production4)a) ( símbolo) representationb) ( imagen) illustrationc) ( muestra) sample* * *= map, mapping, picture, representation, typification, depiction, enactment, portrayal, embodiment, staging, simulacrum, re-enactment [reenactment], performance.Ex. A detailed study of a co-citation map, its core documents' citation patterns and the related journal structures, is presented.Ex. Recently, proponents of co-citation cluster analysis have claimed that in principle their methodology makes possible the mapping of science using the data in the Science Citation Index.Ex. No pretence is made of their being either a balanced or complete picture of the article.Ex. An abstract is a concise and accurate representation of the contents of a document, in a style similar to that of the original document.Ex. Institutionalization occurs whenever there is a reciprocal typification of habitualized actions by types of actors.Ex. Miss Laski suggests that the depiction of life found in many novels is naive, over-simplified and, as a constant diet, can do more harm than good.Ex. To re-emphasize a point that cannot be over-emphasized: reading aloud to children of all ages is vital, if for no other reason, because this is the way we learn how to turn cold print into a dramatic enactment in the theater of our imagination.Ex. Pictorial sources are created by the portrayal of historical events or subjects using, inter alia, a paint brush, drawing-pen, or pencil, graphic techniques or the camera.Ex. At first, large public libraries organised readers' advisory services as the embodiment of library adult education.Ex. The author describes the success of a library in staging a series of music concerts as a public relations exercise.Ex. The author examines the history of the image, understood as personal simulacrum and cult object.Ex. And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.Ex. A miniature score is a musical score nor primarily intended for performance use, with type reduced in size.----* acoger bajo la representación de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.* en representación de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].* falta de representación = under-representation [underrepresentation].* guión de representación teatral = scenario.* no tener representación = be unrepresented.* organismo que actúa en representación de otros = umbrella.* organización que actúa en representación de otras = umbrella organisation.* poder de representación = power of representation.* representación ante el juzgado = representation at tribunal.* representación bibliométrica = bibliometric mapping.* representación del contenido = content representation.* representación del contenido temático = subject representation.* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.* representación en bits = bit-map.* representación errónea = misrepresentation.* representación esquemática = schematic, rich picture.* representación gráfica = graphic display.* representación jerárquica = hierarchical display.* representación mediante diagramas = rich picture.* representación mediante mapas mentales = cocitation mapping, mind mapping.* representación óptica médica = medical imaging.* representación óptica por resonancia magnética = magnetic resonance imaging.* representación pictórica = pictorial representation.* representación proporcional = proportionate representation, proportional representation.* representación teatral = play performance, play making [play-making], stage show, theatrical performance.* ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.* sin representación = unrepresented.* visita de representación = sales call.* voto mediante representación = proxy vote.* * *1) ( acción)2) ( delegación) delegation3) (Teatr) performance, production4)a) ( símbolo) representationb) ( imagen) illustrationc) ( muestra) sample* * *= map, mapping, picture, representation, typification, depiction, enactment, portrayal, embodiment, staging, simulacrum, re-enactment [reenactment], performance.Ex: A detailed study of a co-citation map, its core documents' citation patterns and the related journal structures, is presented.
Ex: Recently, proponents of co-citation cluster analysis have claimed that in principle their methodology makes possible the mapping of science using the data in the Science Citation Index.Ex: No pretence is made of their being either a balanced or complete picture of the article.Ex: An abstract is a concise and accurate representation of the contents of a document, in a style similar to that of the original document.Ex: Institutionalization occurs whenever there is a reciprocal typification of habitualized actions by types of actors.Ex: Miss Laski suggests that the depiction of life found in many novels is naive, over-simplified and, as a constant diet, can do more harm than good.Ex: To re-emphasize a point that cannot be over-emphasized: reading aloud to children of all ages is vital, if for no other reason, because this is the way we learn how to turn cold print into a dramatic enactment in the theater of our imagination.Ex: Pictorial sources are created by the portrayal of historical events or subjects using, inter alia, a paint brush, drawing-pen, or pencil, graphic techniques or the camera.Ex: At first, large public libraries organised readers' advisory services as the embodiment of library adult education.Ex: The author describes the success of a library in staging a series of music concerts as a public relations exercise.Ex: The author examines the history of the image, understood as personal simulacrum and cult object.Ex: And literature is part of that essential human behavior; it engages us in pre-enactments and re-enactments.Ex: A miniature score is a musical score nor primarily intended for performance use, with type reduced in size.* acoger bajo la representación de Uno = bring under + Posesivo + umbrella.* en representación de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].* falta de representación = under-representation [underrepresentation].* guión de representación teatral = scenario.* no tener representación = be unrepresented.* organismo que actúa en representación de otros = umbrella.* organización que actúa en representación de otras = umbrella organisation.* poder de representación = power of representation.* representación ante el juzgado = representation at tribunal.* representación bibliométrica = bibliometric mapping.* representación del contenido = content representation.* representación del contenido temático = subject representation.* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.* representación en bits = bit-map.* representación errónea = misrepresentation.* representación esquemática = schematic, rich picture.* representación gráfica = graphic display.* representación jerárquica = hierarchical display.* representación mediante diagramas = rich picture.* representación mediante mapas mentales = cocitation mapping, mind mapping.* representación óptica médica = medical imaging.* representación óptica por resonancia magnética = magnetic resonance imaging.* representación pictórica = pictorial representation.* representación proporcional = proportionate representation, proportional representation.* representación teatral = play performance, play making [play-making], stage show, theatrical performance.* ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.* sin representación = unrepresented.* visita de representación = sales call.* voto mediante representación = proxy vote.* * *A(acción): asistió en representación del Rey she attended as the King's representativeen representación de mis compañeros on behalf of my companionstiene a su cargo la representación de una editorial he represents a publishing houseB (delegación) delegationCompuestos:diplomatic representationproportional representationC ( Teatr) performance, productionD1 (símbolo) representationla representación escrita de un sonido the written representation of a sound2 (imagen) illustrationse hizo una representación mental de la escena she pictured the scene in her mind, she conjured up a mental picture of the scene3 (muestra) samplede su obra hay una escasa representación en nuestras pinacotecas there are few examples of his work in our galleriesEhacer representaciones ante algn to make representations to sb* * *
representación sustantivo femenino
1 ( acción) representation;
asistió en representación del Rey she attended as the King's representative;
en representación de mis compañeros on behalf of my companions
2 ( delegación) delegation
3 (Teatr) performance, production
4 ( símbolo) representation
representación sustantivo femenino
1 (de una imagen, idea, etc) representation, illustration
2 (de personas) delegation
3 Teat performance
4 Com dealership
5 Pol representación proporcional, proportional representation
♦ Locuciones: en representación, as a representative o on behalf [de, of]
' representación' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
delegación
- espectáculo
- figura
- idea
- ilusión
- pintura
- sentenciar
- teatral
- terráquea
- terráqueo
- dibujo
- nombre
English:
command performance
- depiction
- deputize
- expense
- favourably
- performance
- portrayal
- presentation
- production
- proportional representation
- representation
- spectacle
- VDU
- disenfranchise
- proportional
- under-
* * *1. [símbolo, imagen, ejemplo] representation;no me hago una representación clara de lo que ocurrió I haven't got a clear picture of what happened;la paloma es una representación de la paz the dove is a symbol of peace2. [delegación] representation;en representación de on behalf of;acudió a la reunión en representación de sus compañeros he attended the meeting on behalf of his colleagues, he represented his colleagues at the meetingrepresentación proporcional proportional representation4. Teatro performance;una obra de difícil representación a difficult play to perform;representación única one-night stand5. Com representation;tener la representación de to act as a representative for* * *f1 representation2 TEA performance3 ( delegación):en representación de on behalf of* * *representación nf, pl - ciones1) : representation2) : performance3)en representación de : on behalf of* * *1. (de una obra) performance2. (imagen, idea) symbol -
33 ब्रह्मन् _brahman
ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.-2 A hymn of praise.-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.-8 Religious penance or austerities.-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.-13 Wealth.-14 Food.-15 A Brāhmaṇa.-16 Truth.-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.-3 A devout man.-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.-6 The sun.-7 Intellect.-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.-1 Of Śiva.-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.-2 N. of a forest.-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.-3 N. of a spell.-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.-आत्मभूः a horse.-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.-आहुतिः f.1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.-2 the study of the Vedas.-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).-उत्तर a.1 treating principally of Brahman.-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.-ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः orब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.-कर्मन् n.1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).-कल्पः an age of Brahman.-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.-गिरिः N. of a mountain.-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.-गोलः the universe.-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.-2 N. of a magical circle.-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.-2 religious study, self-restraint.-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.-चारिन् a.1 studying the Vedas.-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 of Skanda.-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.-जन्मन् n.1 spirtual birth.-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 of Viṣṇu.-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.-ज्योतिस् n.1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.-तेजस् n.1 the glory of Brahman.-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.-दारुः the mulberry tree.-दिनम् a day of Brahman.-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.-2 the body; Ch. Up.-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).-2 N. of Benares.-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.-2 the mulberry tree.-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.-भूतिः f. twilight.-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मेखलः the Munja plant.-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.-योनि a.1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f.1 original source in Brahman.-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.-रवः muttering of prayers.-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.-रात्रः early dawn.-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.-3 a particular constellation.-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.-लोकः the world of Brahman.-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.-वर्चस् n.,-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.-वर्धनम् copper.-वाच् f. the sacred text.-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.-वादिन् m.1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.-विद्, -विद a.1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.-2 the Udumbara tree.-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.-2 a command of Brahman.-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.-4 instruction about sacred duty.-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.-श्री N. of a Sāman.-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada.-सर्पः a kind of snake.-सवः distillation of Soma.-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.-2 a kind of Ketu.-सुवर्चला f.1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.-2 N. of the god of love.-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.-स्थानः the mulberry tree.-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). -
34 कृ
kṛi
Ā. 2. sg. kṛishé;
impf. 2. andᅠ 3. sg. ákar, 3. sg. rarely ákat ṠBr. III, XI ;
3. du. ákartām;
pl. ákarma, ákarta ( alsoᅠ BhP. ix), ákran (aor., according to Pāṇ. 4-2, 80 Kāṡ.);
Ā. ákri RV. X, 159, 4 and 174, 4,
ákṛithās RV. V, 30, 8,
ákṛita ( RV.);
akrātām ( ṠāṇkhṠr.), ákrata ( RV. AV.):
Impv. kṛidhí ( alsoᅠ MBh. I, 5141 and BhP. VIII),
kṛitám, kṛitá;
Ā. kṛishvá, kṛidhvám;
Subj. 2. andᅠ 3. sg. kar pl. kárma, kárta andᅠ kartana, kran;
Ā. 3. sg. kṛita RV. IX, 69, 5,
3. pl. kránta RV. I, 141, 3:
Pot. kriyāma RV. X, 32, 9 ;
pr. p. P. (nom. pl.) krántas Ā. krāṇá. cl. 1. P. kárasi, kárati, kárathas, káratas, káranti;
Ā. kárase, kárate, kárāmahe:
impf. ákaram, ákaras, ákarat (aor., according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 59):
Impv. kára, káratam, káratām:
Subj. káram, kárāṇi, káras, kárat, kárāma, káran;
Ā. karāmahai;
pr. p. (f.) kárantī (Naigh.) III. cl. 5. P. kṛiṇómi, - ṇóshi, - ṇóti, kṛiṇuthás, kṛiṇmás andᅠ kṛiṇmasi, kṛiṇuthá, kṛiṇvánti;
Ā. kṛiṇvé, kṛiṇushé, kṛiṇuté, 3. du. kṛiṇvaíte RV. VI, 25, 4 ;
pl. kṛiṇmáhe, kṛiṇváte:
impf. ákṛiṇos, ákṛiṇot, ákṛiṇutam, ákṛiṇuta andᅠ - ṇotana RV. I, 110, 8,
ákṛiṇvan;
Ā. 3. sg. ákṛiṇuta pl. ákṛiṇudhvam, ákṛiṇvata:
Impv. kṛiṇú orᅠ kṛiṇuhí orᅠ kṛiṇutā́t, kṛiṇótu, kṛiṇutám, kṛiṇutā́m, 2. pl. kṛiṇutá orᅠ kṛiṇóta orᅠ kṛiṇótana, 3. pl. kṛiṇvántu;
Ā. kṛiṇushvá, kṛiṇutā́m, kṛiṇvā́thām, kṛiṇudhvám:
Subj. kṛiṇávas, - ṇávat orᅠ - ṇávāt, kṛiṇávāva, - ṇávāma, - ṇávātha, - ṇávatha, - ṇávan;
Ā. kṛiṇávai (once - ṇavā RV. X, 95, 2),
kṛiṇavase ( alsoᅠ ṠvetUp. II, 7 v.l. - ṇvase), kṛiṇavate, kṛiṇávāvahai, kṛiṇávāmahai, 3. pl. kṛiṇávanta ( RV.) orᅠ kṛiṇavante orᅠ kṛiṇvata ( RV.):
Pot. Ā. kṛiṇvītá;
pr. p. P. kṛiṇvát (f. -vatī́) Ā. kṛiṇvāṇá. IV) cl. 8. (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas;
Sūtras, andᅠ in classical Sanskṛit) P. karómi
(ep. kurmi MBh. III, 10943 R. II, 12, 33);
kurvás, kuruthás, kurutás, kurmás < kulmas in an interpolation after RV. X, 128 >,
kuruthá, kurvánti;
Ā. kurvé, etc., 3. pl. kurváte (Pāṇ. 6-4, 108-110):
impf. akaravam, akaros, akarot, akurva, etc.;
Ā. 3. sg. akuruta pl. akurvata:
Impv. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language 2. andᅠ 3. sg. kurutāt, 3. sg. alsoᅠ BhP. VI, 4, 34),
kuruta orᅠ kurutana Nir. IV, 7 ;
Ā. kurushva, kurudhvam, kurvátām:
Subj. karavāṇi, karavas, - vāt, - vāva orᅠ - vāvas (Pāṇ. 3-4, 98 Kāṡ.),
- vāma orᅠ - vāmas ( ib.), - vātha, - van;
Ā. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai ( TUp. ;
- he MBh. III, 10762),
karavaithe, - vaite (Pāṇ. 3-4, 95, Kāṡ),
- vāmahai (- he MBh. R. I, 18, 12):
Pot. P. kuryām Ā. kurvīya (Pāṇ. 6-4, 109 and 110) ;
pr. p. P. kurvát (f. -vatī́);
Ā. kurvāṇá:
perf. P. cakā́ra, cakártha, cakṛivá, cakṛimá, cakrá (Pāṇ. 7-2, 13) ;
Ā. cakré, cakriré;
p. cakṛivas (acc. cakrúsham RV. X, 137, 1);
Ā. cakrāṇa ( Vop.): 2nd fut. karishyáti;
Subj. 2. sg. karishyā́s RV. IV, 30, 23 ; 1st fut. kártā:
Prec. kriyāsam:
aor. P. Ved. cakaram RV. IV, 42, 6,
acakrat RV. IV, 18, 12, ácakriran RV. VIII, 6, 20 ;
Ā. 1. sg. kṛiske RV. X, 49, 7 ;
Class. akārshīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 1 Kāṡ. ;
(once akārashīt BhP. I, 10, 1);
Pass. aor. reflex. akāri andᅠ akṛita (Pāṇ. 3-1, 62 Kāṡ.):
Inf. kártum, Ved. kártave, kártavaí, kártos ( seeᅠ ss.vv.);
ind. p. kṛitvā́, Ved. kṛitvī́ < RV. > andᅠ kṛitvā́ya TS. IV, V ;
to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake RV. etc.;
to do anything for the advantage orᅠ injury of another (gen. orᅠ loc.) MBh. R. etc.;
to execute, carry out (as an order orᅠ command) ib. ;
to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ib. ;
to form orᅠ construct one thing out of another (abl. orᅠ instr.) R. I, 2, 44 Hit. etc.. ;
to employ, use, make use of (instr.) ṠvetUp. Mn. X, 91 MBh. etc.. ;
to compose, describe R. I ;
to cultivate Yājñ. II, 158 (cf. Mn. X, 114);
to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend
(e.g.. varshāṇidaṡacakruḥ, « they spent ten years» MBh. XV, 6 ;
kshaṇaṉkuru, « wait a moment» MBh. ;
cf. kritakshaṇa);
to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (acc. orᅠ loc. orᅠ instr. e.g.. ardháṉ-kṛi, to take to one's own side orᅠ party, cause to share in (gen.;
seeᅠ 2. ardhá);
haste orᅠ pāṇau-kṛi, to take by the hand, marry Pāṇ. 1-4, 77 ;
hṛidayena-kṛi, to place in one's heart, love Mṛicch. ;
hṛidi-kṛi, to take to heart, mind, think over, consider Rājat. V, 313 ;
manasi-kṛi id. R. II, 64, 8 Hcar. ;
to determine, purpose <ind. p. - sikṛitvā orᅠ - si-kṛitya> Pāṇ. 1-4, 75 ;
vaṡe-kṛi, to place in subjection, become master of Mn. II, 100);
to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. ( mánas RV. Mn. MBh. etc.. ;
orᅠ buddhim Nal. XXVI, 10 orᅠ matim MBh. R. orᅠ bhāvam < ib. >, etc.)
towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on
(loc. dat. inf., orᅠ a sentence with iti e.g.. māṡokemanaḥkṛithāḥ,
do not turn your mind to grief Nal. XIV, 22 ;
gamanāyamatiṉcakre, he resolved upon going R. I, 9, 55 ;
alābuṉsamutsrashṭuṉmanaṡcakre, he resolved to create a gourd MBh. III, 8844 ;
drashṭātavâ̱smî ̱timatiṉcakāra, he determined to seeᅠ him MBh. III, 12335);
to think of (acc.) R. I, 21, 14 ;
to make, render (with two acc. e.g.. ādityaṉkāshṭhāmakurvata, they made the sun their goal AitBr. IV, 7) RV. ṠBr. etc.;
to procure for another, bestow, grant (with gen. orᅠ loc.) RV. VS. ṠBr. etc.. ;
Ā. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ṠBr. BṛĀrUp. Mn. VII, 10 etc.. ;
to give aid, help any one to get anything (dat.) RV. VS. ;
to make liable to (dat.) RV. III, 41, 6 ṠBr. IV ;
to injure, violate (e.g.. kanyāṉ-kṛi, to violate a maiden) Mn. VIII, 367 and 369 ;
to appoint, institute ChUp. Mn. ;
to give an order, commission Mn. R. II, 2, 8 ;
to cause to get rid of, free from (abl. orᅠ - tas) Pāṇ. 5-4, 49 Kāṡ. ;
to begin (e.g.. cakreṡobhayitumpurīm, they began to adorn the city) R. II, 6, 10 ;
to proceed, act, put in practice VS. ṠBr. AitBr. etc.;
to worship, sacrifice RV. ṠBr. Mn. III, 210 ;
to make a sound ( svaram orᅠ ṡabdam) MBh. III, 11718 Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 Hit.),
utter, pronounce (often ifc. with the sounds phaṭ, phut, bhāṇ, váshaṭ, svadhā́, svā́hā, hiṉ), pronounce any formula (Mn. II, 74 and XI, 33) ;
(with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate orᅠ break up into parts (e.g.. dvidhā-kṛi, to divide into two parts, ind. p. dvidhākṛitvā orᅠ dvidhā-kṛitya orᅠ - kāram Pāṇ. 3-4, 62 ;
sahasradhā-kṛi, to break into a thousand pieces);
(with adverbs ending in vat) to make like orᅠ similar, consider equivalent (e.g.. rājyaṉtṛiṇa-vatkṛitvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw Vet.);
(with adverbs ending in sāt)
to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject
( seeᅠ ātma-sāt, bhasma-sāt) Pāṇ. 5-4, 52ff. ;
The above senses of kṛi may be variously modified orᅠ almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples:
sakhyaṉ-kṛi, to contract friendship with;
pūjāṉ-kṛi, to honour;
rājyaṉ-kṛi, to reign;
snehaṉ-kṛi, to show affection;
ājñāṉ orᅠ nideṡaṉ orᅠ ṡāsanaṉ orᅠ kāmaṉ orᅠ yācanāṉ orᅠ vacaḥ orᅠ vacanaṉ orᅠ vākyaṉ-kṛi, to perform any one's command orᅠ wish orᅠ request etc.;
dharmaṉ-kṛi, to do one's duty Mn. VII, 136 ;
nakhāni-kṛi, « to clean one's nails» seeᅠ kṛita-nakha;
udakaṉ Mn. Yājñ. R. Daṡ. orᅠ salilaṉ R. I, 44, 49 kṛi, to offer a libation of Water to the dead;
to perform ablutions;
astrāṇi-kṛi, to practise the use of weapons MBh. III, 11824 ;
darduraṉ-kṛi, to breathe the flute Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 ;
daṇḍaṉ-kṛi, to inflict punishment etc. Vet. ;
kālaṉ-kṛi, to bring one's time to an end i.e. to die;
ciraṉ-kṛi, to be long in doing anything, delay;
manasā (for - si seeᅠ above) kṛi, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate MBh. ;
ṡirasā-kṛi, to place on one's the head;
mūrdhnā-kṛi, to place on one's head, obey, honour
Very rarely in Veda AV. XVIII, 2, 27,
but commonly in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras,
andᅠ especially in classical Sanskṛit the perf.
forms cakāra andᅠ cakre auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives e.g.. āsāṉcakre, « he sat down» ;
gamayā́ṉcakāra, « he caused to go» < seeᅠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 40 ;
in Veda some other forms of kṛi are used in a similar way, viz. pr. karoti ṠāṇkhṠr. ;
impf. akar MaitrS. and Kāṭh. ;
3. pl. akran MaitrS. and TBr. ;
Prec. kriyāt MaitrS. ( seeᅠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 42);
according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 41, alsoᅠ karotu with vid>
Caus. kārayati, - te,
to cause to act orᅠ do, cause another to perform, have anything made orᅠ done by another
(double acc. instr. andᅠ acc. < seeᅠ Pāṇ. 1-4, 53 >
e.g.. sabhāṉkāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made Hit. ;
rāja-darṡanaṉmāṉkāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king;
vāṇijyaṉkārayedvaiṡyam, he ought to cause the Vaiṡya to engage in trade Mn. VIII, 410 ;
naṡakshyāmikiṉcitkārayituṉtvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee MBh. II, 6);
to cause to manufacture orᅠ form orᅠ cultivate Lāṭy. Yājñ. II, 158 MBh. etc.. ;
to cause to place orᅠ put, have anything placed, put upon, etc.
(e.g.. taṉcitrapaṭaṉvāsa-gṛihebhittāvakārayat,
he had the picture placed on the wall in his house Kathās. V, 30) Mn. VIII, 251. ;
Sometimes the Caus. of kṛi is used for the simple verb orᅠ without a causal signification
(e.g.. padaṉkārayati, he pronounces a word Pāṇ. 1-3, 71 Kāṡ. ;
mithyāk-, he pronounces wrongly ib. ;
kaikeyīmanurājānaṉkāraya, treat orᅠ deal with Kaikeyī as the king does R. II, 58, 16):
Desid. cíkīrshati (aor. 2. sg. acikīrshīs ṠBr. III), ep. alsoᅠ - te, to wish to make orᅠ do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after AV. XII, 4, 19 ṠBr. KātyṠr. Mn. etc.. ;
to wish to sacrifice orᅠ worship AV. V, 8, 3:
Intens. 3. pl. karikrati (pr. p. kárikrat seeᅠ Naigh. II, 1 and Pāṇ. 7-4, 65),
to do repeatedly RV. AV. TS. ;
Class. carkarti orᅠ carikarti orᅠ carīkarti Pāṇ. 7-4, 92 Kāṡ.,
alsoᅠ carkarīti orᅠ carikarīti orᅠ carīkarīti orᅠ cekrīyate < ib. Sch. Vop. >;
+ cf. Hib. caraim, « I perform, execute» ;
ceard, « an art, trade, business, function» ;
sucridh, « easy» ;
Old Germ. karawan, « to prepare» ;
Mod. Germ. gar, « prepared (as food)» ;
Lat. creo, ceremonia;
κραίνω, κρόνος
2) cl. 3. P. p. cakrát (Pot. 2. sg. cakriyās;
aor. 1. sg. akārsham AV. VII, 7, 1 orᅠ akārisham RV. IV, 39, 6),
to make mention of, praise, speak highly of (gen.) RV. AV.:
Intens. (1. sg. carkarmi, 1. pl. carkirāma, 3. pl. carkiran;
Impv. 2. sg. carkṛitā́t andᅠ carkṛidhi;
aor. 3. sg. Ā. cárkṛishe) id. RV. AV. (cf. kārú, kīrí, kīrtí.)
3) to injure, etc. seeᅠ 2. kṛī
to make the sound kharaṭa Pāṇ. 5-4, 57 Kāṡ. ;
P. - karoti, to make straight ib.
-
35 линия
arc, branch ж.-д., circuit, strip line, line, pin* * *ли́ния ж.
line; ( на графике) curveпо ли́нии — in the line of …располага́ться на одно́й ли́нии — be in line [be lined up] with one anotherли́нии расхо́дятся — lines divergeли́нии схо́дятся — lines convergeабоне́нтская ли́ния — subscriber's [individual, exchange] line, subscriber's loopабоне́нтская ли́ния заво́дится в многокра́тное по́ле [в по́ле остальны́х коммута́торов] — each subscriber's line appears in multiple at several operator's positionsабоне́нтская, возду́шная ли́ния — customer open wire line, open wire loopабоне́нтская, индивидуа́льная ли́ния — individual [direct exchange] line, one-party telephoneли́ния а́бриса картогр. — planimetric lineли́ния АВ ( электрокаротаж) — energizing [current, power] lineавтомати́ческая ли́ния маш. — (automatic) transfer line, transfer machineавтомати́ческая, жестяноба́ночная ли́ния — automatic can-making lineавтомати́ческая, ко́мплексная ли́ния маш. — integrated transfer line; integrated manufacturing systemавтомати́ческая, перенала́живаемая ли́ния маш. — versatile transfer lineавтомати́ческая, n [m2]-позици́онная ли́ния маш. — n -station transfer lineавтомати́ческая, прямолине́йная ли́ния маш. — in-line transfer machineавтомати́ческая ли́ния с ги́бкой свя́зью маш. — non-synchronous transfer lineавтомати́ческая ли́ния с жё́сткой свя́зью маш. — synchronous transfer lineавтомати́ческая ли́ния со спу́тниками маш. — pallet type transfer lineавтомати́ческая, стано́чная ли́ния — transfer lineавтомати́ческая ли́ния с управле́нием от ЭВМ маш. — computer-controlled transfer lineагони́ческая ли́ния геод. — zero [agonic] lineли́ния а́зимута — azimuth lineакусти́ческая ли́ния — acoustic lineантисто́ксова ли́ния — anti-Stokes lineли́ния апси́д астр. — line of apsidesатмосфе́рная ли́ния тепл. — air evacuation lineба́зисная ли́ния1. мат. reference line2. опт. base-lineбесконе́чная ли́ния1. мат. line at infinity2. эл. infinite lineва́куумная (отка́чная) ли́ния — vacuum pump lineли́ния вало́в — line of shaftingли́ния верши́н зу́бьев шестерни́ — face line of teethли́ния взлё́тно-поса́дочной полосы́, осева́я — runway centre lineли́ния ви́димого горизо́нта — sky-line, horizon lineли́ния ви́димого ко́нтура ( на чертеже) — object lineвизи́рная ли́ния ( логарифмической линейки) — hair-line, indicator hair-lineли́ния визи́рования геод. — axis [line] of sight, observing [sight(ing) ] lineвинтова́я ли́ния — helical line, helix, spiralдви́гаться по винтово́й ли́нии — move in a helix [in a spiral]винтова́я, кони́ческая ли́ния — conical helixвихрева́я ли́ния мат. — vortex [whirl] lineвихрева́я, за́мкнутая ли́ния мат. — closed vortex lineли́ния влия́ния — influence lineли́ния вну́тренней свя́зи — inland circuitли́ния возмуще́ний — Mach lineли́ния впа́дин шестерни́ — line of dents [dedendum line] of a gearли́ния вса́сывания — suction lineвходна́я ли́ния вчт. — input lineли́ния входя́щей свя́зи — incoming [inward] lineли́ния вы́борки вчт. — select (ion) lineвыносна́я ли́ния ( на чертеже) — extension lineвыпускна́я ли́ния — exhaust lineли́ния выру́ливания ( со стоянки) ав. — lead-off lineли́ния вы́ходов горн. — outcrop lineга́зовая ли́ния — gas lineли́ния генера́ции ( лазера) — lasing lineгеодези́ческая ли́ния — geodetic [geodesic] lineли́ния горизо́нта — sky-line, horizon lineгоризонта́льная ли́ния — level [horizontal] lineгорлова́я ли́ния мат. — striction line, line of striction (of a ruled surface)гребе́нчатая ли́ния элк. — comb (transmission) lineли́ния давле́ния — pressure lineли́ния да́льности рлк. — range lineли́ния движе́ния (частиц, электрона и т. п.) — trajectoryли́ния двоя́кой кривизны́ — line of double curvature, double-curved lineли́ния действи́тельного горизо́нта — true-horizon lineли́ния де́йствия — line of actionли́ния де́йствия си́лы — line of action of a forceли́ния де́йствия си́лы тя́жести — gravitational verticalли́ния де́йствия тя́ги — thrust line, axis of thrustли́ния де́йствующих забо́ев — line of active facesдиагра́ммная ли́ния — (X-ray) diagram lineли́ния дислока́ций — dislocation lineли́ния дислока́ций выхо́дит на пове́рхность криста́лла — the dislocation line terminates at the surface of the crystalдифракцио́нная ли́ния — diffraction [diffracted] lineдрена́жная ли́ния ( на самолёте) — vent lineли́ния ду́плекса, бала́нсная свз. — duplex artificial lineжелезнодоро́жная, грузонапряжё́нная ли́ния — heavy-traffic lineжелезнодоро́жная, двухпу́тная ли́ния — double-track railway lineжелезнодоро́жная, однопу́тная ли́ния — single-track railway lineли́ния жё́сткой тя́ги — pipe-lineжи́рная ли́ния — heavy [heavily drawn] lineли́ния забо́ев — faces lineли́ния забо́ев, дугообра́зная — arched line of faces, arched faces lineли́ния забо́ев, искривлё́нная — bowed faces lineли́ния загоризо́нтной свя́зи — beyond-the-horizon [over-the-horizon] communication linkли́ния за́данного пути́ [ЛЗП] ав. — брит. required [intended] track, track required, Tr. Req.; амер. course (line)ли́ния заде́ржки — delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, акусти́ческая — acoustic [sonic] delay lineли́ния заде́ржки без поте́рь — dissipationless delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, водяна́я — water delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, герметизи́рованная — potted delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, иску́сственная — artificial delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, ка́бельная — cable delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, ква́рцевая — quartz delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, компенси́рованная — equalized delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, магнитострикцио́нная — magnetostrictive delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, многокра́тная — multiple delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, ни́келевая — nickel delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, поло́сковая — strip delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, про́волочная — wire delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, регули́руемая — variable delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, рту́тная — mercury delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, спира́льная — helical [spiral] delay lineли́ния заде́ржки с распределё́нными пара́метрами — distributed-constant delay lineли́ния заде́ржки с сосредото́ченными пара́метрами — lumped-constant delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, твердоте́льная — solid-state (delay) line, solid delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, ультразвукова́я — ultrasonic delay lineли́ния заде́ржки, электромагни́тная — electromagnetic delay lineли́ния заказна́я ли́ния тлф. — record operator's line, record circuitли́ния залё́та топ. — flight lineли́ния запасны́х забо́ев — line of reserved facesзапрещё́нная ли́ния — forbidden lineли́ния зару́ливания ( на стоянку) ав. — lead-in lineзаря́женная ли́ния — line of chargeли́ния застро́йки — building lineли́ния зацепле́ния голо́вок — head-line of contact, top line of actionли́ния зацепле́ния но́жек зу́бьев — dedendum line of contactзна́ковая ли́ния мат. — directed lineзолоспускна́я ли́ния — sluice discharge pipe-lineли́ния зубча́того зацепле́ния — line of actionли́ния изги́ба ж.-д. — curvature lineли́ния излуче́ния ла́зера — laser emission lineизмери́тельная ли́ния элк. — slotted [measuring] line, standing-wave meterи́мпульсная ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — impulse lineли́ния инфильтра́ции — line of percolationли́ния искажё́нных масшта́бов — zero lineиску́сственная ли́ния эл. — artificial lineли́ния исходя́щей свя́зи тлф. — outward [outgoing] lineли́ния кали́бра, нейтра́льная прок. — neutral line of a grooveли́ния каса́ния — line of contactли́ния каче́ния — line of rolling contactкоаксиа́льная ли́ния — coaxial lineкоаксиа́льная, жё́сткая ли́ния — rigid coaxial lineли́ния кольцева́ния ав. — cross-feed lineкома́ндная ли́ния рлк. — command linkкома́ндная, проводна́я ли́ния рлк. — wire command linkконверсио́нная ли́ния — conversion lineконта́ктная ли́ния эл. — contact-wire lineконтро́льная ли́ния геод. — check(ing) [control, test] lineко́нтурная ли́ния (напр. на карте) — contour lineли́ния концентра́ции возмуще́ния — Mach lineкороткоза́мкнутая ли́ния — short-circuited lineкотида́льная ли́ния навиг. — co-tidal lineли́ния крити́ческих то́чек аргд. — stagnation lineли́ния ку́рса ав. — брит. course (line); амер. headingли́ния ку́рса курсово́го маяка́ — localizer courseкурсова́я ли́ния ав. — heading lineла́зерная ли́ния — laser lineло́маная ли́ния — open polygon, broken [polygonal] lineли́ния Лю́дерса метал. — Lьder(s) [slip] lineмагистра́льная ли́ния — trunk [main] lineли́ния магни́тной инду́кции — line of magnetic flux, magnetic line of fluxма́зерная ли́ния — maser lineли́ния Ма́ки кфт. — Mackie lineмеридиа́нная ли́ния — meridian lineме́рная ли́ния мор. — trial courseли́ния метео́рной свя́зи — meteor-burst [meteor-scatter] linkли́ния нагнета́ния — discharge [delivery] lineнагру́женная ли́ния эл., радио — loaded lineназе́мная ли́ния — land [ground] lineли́ния наибо́льшего ска́та мат. — line of maximum inclination, steepest line (in a plane), line of greatest declivityли́ния наиме́ньшего сопротивле́ния — line of least resistanceли́ния напла́вки — line of fusionнапо́рная ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — pressure lineли́ния направле́ния съё́мки афс. — course of flightнаправля́ющая ли́ния — directrixли́ния насыще́ния — saturation lineли́ния нача́ла отсчё́та — fiducial (reference, zero, datum) lineли́ния неви́димого ко́нтура ( на чертеже) — invisible [hidden] lineнедиагра́ммная ли́ния — non-diagram (X-ray) line, X-ray satelliteнейтра́льная ли́ния — neutral lineнеодноро́дная ли́ния свз. — non-uniform [heterogeneous] lineнепересека́ющаяся ли́ния — skew lineнеразрешё́нная ли́ния физ. — unresolved peakнесимметри́чная ли́ния свз. — unbalanced lineнесо́бственная ли́ния мат. — ideal lineнивели́руемая ли́ния — line of levelsнулева́я ли́ния — zero [null] lineли́ния нулево́го склоне́ния геод. — zero [agonic] lineли́ния нулевы́х значе́ний геод. — zero [agonic] lineобво́дная ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — by-pass lineли́ния обмета́ния ( гребного винта) — sweep lineобра́тная ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — return lineли́ния обруше́ния горн. — line of cavingли́ния обтека́ния — streamlineодноро́дная ли́ния свз. — uniform lineосева́я ли́ния — axis, centre lineли́ния основа́ния зу́бьев ( шестерни) — bottom line of teethли́ния основа́ния карти́ны топ. — axis of homology, axis of perspective, perspective axis, ground lineосно́вная ли́ния мор. — base-lineли́ния отве́са геод. — plumb (bob) lineотве́сная ли́ния — tire vertical (line)отве́сная ли́ния задаё́тся отве́сом — the vertical [line] is assumed as a plumb-lineли́ния отде́лочных клете́й прок. — finishing mill trainли́ния отко́са — shoulder [slope] lineли́ния отсчё́та — reference [dation] lineли́ния паде́ния горн. — line of dipли́ния па́лубы ( на теоретическом чертеже) — deck line, (на боковой проекции теоретического чертежа) sheer lineли́ния пе́ленга — bearing line, line of bearingли́ния переда́чи эл., радио — (transmission) lineвключа́ть ли́нию (переда́чи) на, напр. согласо́ванную нагру́зку — terminate a (transmission) line into, e. g., a matched loadзакора́чивать ли́нию переда́чи — short-circuit a (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи излуча́ет эне́ргию — a (transmission) line radiatesли́ния переда́чи без поте́рь — loss-free [lossless] lineли́ния переда́чи да́нных вчт. — data lineли́ния переда́чи, дли́нная — long (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, закры́тая — close (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, коаксиа́льная — coaxial (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, многопроводна́я — multiwire (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, опти́ческая — optical transmission lineли́ния переда́чи, откры́тая — open (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, печа́тная элк. — printed lineли́ния переда́чи, пневмати́ческая — airpressure lineли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая — strip (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая несимметри́чная — microstrip (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, поло́сковая, симметри́чная — strip (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, полуволно́вая — half wave (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, разо́мкнутая на конце́ — open-ended (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи с больши́м затуха́нием — lossy lineли́ния переда́чи, сверхпроводя́щая — superconducting (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи с поте́рями — lossy lineли́ния переда́чи, трё́хпластинчатая — tri-plate lineли́ния переда́чи, узкополо́сная — narrowband (transmission) lineли́ния переда́чи, широкопо́лосная — wideband (transmission) lineли́ния перели́ва — overflow lineли́ния пересече́ния — line of intersectionли́ния перспекти́вы топ. — perspective line, perspective rayли́ния пита́ния — supply [power] lineпита́ющая ли́ния — incoming transmission line, feederли́ния погруже́ния, преде́льная мор. — margin lineподводя́щая ли́ния ( в гидравлических и пневматических системах) — feeding lineли́ния полё́та — flight pathли́ния положе́ния [ЛП] навиг. — line of position, position line, LPвыходи́ть на ли́нию положе́ния — arrive at [strike] an LPоцифро́вывать ли́нию положе́ния коли́чеством микросеку́нд ра́зности вре́мени — identify a position line by its time-difference in msли́ния положе́ния, высо́тная — Sumner (position) lineли́ния положе́ния самолё́та [ЛПС] — aircraft-position line, APLполу́денная ли́ния геод. — magnetic north [meridian] lineли́ния по́ля — line of force, field line, line of fieldли́ния постоя́нной интенси́вности ви́хрей — isocurlusли́ния постоя́нной ско́рости — isovelпото́чная ли́ния — (continuous) production [flow] lineсходи́ть с пото́чной ли́нии ( с конвейера) — roll off a production [flow] lineпо́ясная ли́ния ( кузова мобиля) — waistlineли́ния проги́ба — deflection [bending] lineли́ния прока́тки — rolling [mill] trainли́ния промежу́точного перегре́ва, горя́чая тепл. — hot reheat lineли́ния промежу́точного перегре́ва, холо́дная тепл. — cold reheat lineли́ния промерза́ния стр. — frost lineли́ния простира́ния горн. — strike lineпряма́я ли́ния — straight lineдви́гаться по прямы́м ли́ниям — move [travel] in straight linesли́ния прямо́й ви́димости — line-of-sightпункти́рная ли́ния — dotted lineли́ния пути́ — track line, course line (Примечание. на практике в английской литературе наблюдается смешение track с course.)рабо́чая ли́ния проце́сса хим. — operating lineли́ния ра́вного потенциа́ла — co-potential lineли́ния равноде́нствия — equinoctial lineли́ния ра́вных высо́т геод. — line of equal elevationли́ния ра́вных пе́ленгов самолё́та [ЛРПС] — line of bearingsполуча́ть ли́нии ра́вных пе́ленгов самолё́та — develop lines of bearingsли́ния ра́вных скоросте́й — isotachрадиопроводна́я ли́ния — combined radio and wire linkли́ния радиосвя́зи — radio link, radio circuitли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная — microwave line-of-signal, radio linkли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная бли́жняя — short-haul radio linkли́ния радиосвя́зи, реле́йная да́льняя — long-haul radio linkрадиотелеметри́ческая ли́ния — radio-telemetry linkли́ния радиотелефо́нной свя́зи — radiotelephone circuitли́ния развё́ртки рлк., тлв. — beam trace, sweep-trace, scan(ning) traceли́ния разде́ла — boundary (line)разме́рная ли́ния ( на чертеже) — dimension lineли́ния разре́за ( на чертеже) — cutting lineразрешё́нная ли́ния1. resolved peak2. permissible [allowed] lineли́ния разъё́ма моде́ли литейн. — parting [joint] line of a patternли́ния разъё́ма фо́рмы литейн. — parting [joint] line of a mouldли́ния разъё́ма шта́мпа — die [flash] lineраспада́ющаяся ли́ния мат. — decomposed lineли́ния распростране́ния — line of propagationрасто́почная ли́ния тепл. — start-up lineли́ния расшире́ния — expansion lineреги́стровая ли́ния свз. — sender linkли́ния регре́ссии — regression line, line of regressionли́ния ре́зания горн. — cutting line, cutting horizonрезона́нсная ли́ния — resonance lineре́перная ли́ния — datum lineли́ния рециркуля́ции тепл. — recirculation lineли́ния сбро́са горн. — fault lineли́ния сверхрешё́тки крист. — superlattice lineсверхструкту́рная ли́ния — superstructure lineли́ния свя́зи — communication line, communication linkдемонти́ровать ли́нию свя́зи — dismantle a (communication) lineосвобожда́ть ли́нию свя́зи ( об абоненте) — get off [clear] the (communication) lineпередава́ть ли́нию свя́зи в эксплуата́цию — open a [the] (communication) line [circuit] for trafficпосыла́ть (сигна́л) в ли́нию свя́зи — transmit to a (communication) lineли́ния свя́зи испо́льзуется для, напр. телефони́и — the (communication) line carries, e. g., telephonyуплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи — use a (communication) line for multichannel operationуплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи, напр. 10 кана́лами — multiplex [derive], e. g., 10 channels on a (communication) lineуплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи с вре́менным разделе́нием сигна́лов — time-multiplex a (communication) line, use a line for time-division multiplexуплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи с часто́тным разделе́нием сигна́лов — frequency-multiplex a (communication) line, use a line for frequency-division multiplexуплотня́ть ли́нию свя́зи фанто́мной це́лью — phantom a (communication) line, set up [derive] a phantom circuit on a (communication) lineли́ния свя́зи, возду́шная — aerial lineли́ния связи́, двухпроводна́я — two-wire line, two-wire circuitли́ния свя́зи, двухце́пная — double-circuit lineли́ния свя́зи, ка́бельная — cable lineли́ния свя́зи, комбини́рованная — composite communication linkли́ния свя́зи, ме́стная — local circuitли́ния свя́зи, объединя́ющая тлф., телегр. — concentration lineли́ния свя́зи, однопроводна́я — single-wire circuit, single-wire lineли́ния свя́зи, одноцепна́я — single-circuit lineли́ния свя́зи, отходя́щая — offgoing lineли́ния свя́зи, при́городная тлф., телегр. — suburban line, short-haul toll circuitли́ния свя́зи, пупинизи́рованная — coil-loaded lineли́ния свя́зи, радиореле́йная — microwave relay [radio-relay] linkли́ния свя́зи, ретрансляцио́нная — relay linkли́ния свя́зи, служе́бная — order circuit, engineers order wireли́ния свя́зи, спа́ренная — two-party lineли́ния свя́зи, спу́тниковая — satellite communication linkли́ния свя́зи, столбова́я — pole lineли́ния свя́зи, тропосфе́рная — troposcatter [tropospheric-scatter] linkли́ния свя́зи, уплотнё́нная — multiplexed [multichannel] lineли́ния сгора́ния — combustion [ignition] lineсеку́щая ли́ния — secantли́ния се́тки координа́т — grid lineли́ния сжа́тия — compression lineсилова́я ли́ния — line of force, field line, line of fieldсилова́я, магни́тная ли́ния — magnetic line of forceли́ния скачка́ уплотне́ния — shock lineли́ния скольже́ния1. glide line2. метал. slip lineсливна́я ли́ния — drain lineслоева́я ли́ния крист. — layer lineсма́зочная ли́ния — lubrication lineли́ния сме́ны дат — date lineли́ния смеще́ния — displacement lineсоедини́тельная ли́ния ( между коммутационными узлами) тлф. — брит. junction (route), (inter-exchange) junction circuit; амер. trunkназнача́ть соедини́тельную ли́нию — allot a junction (route), assign a trunkсоедини́тельная, входя́щая ли́ния тлф. — incoming junction (route)соедини́тельная, исходя́щая ли́ния тлф. — outgoing junction (route)соедини́тельная, транзи́тная ли́ния тлф. — through-traffic junction (route), tandem [built-up] trunkли́ния сопротивле́ния, расчё́тная — calculated line of resistanceспектра́льная ли́ния — spectral [spectrum] lineвыделя́ть спектра́льную, ли́нию — isolate a spectral lineспектра́льная ли́ния раздва́ивается — the spectral line splitsспектра́льные ли́нии сближа́ются — (the) spectral lines crowd togetherспектра́льные ли́нии сгуща́ются — (the) spectral lines crowd togetherспектра́льные ли́нии характеризу́ют [позволя́ют определя́ть] веще́ства — substances are identified by spectral linesспектра́льная, враща́тельная ли́ния — rotational spectral lineспектра́льная, интенси́вная ли́ния — strong spectral lineспектра́льная, колеба́тельная ли́ния — vibrational spectral lineспектра́льная, ло́жная ли́ния — ghost spectral lineспектра́льная ли́ния поглоще́ния — absorption spectral lineспектра́льная, размы́тая ли́ния — diffuse spectral lineспектра́льная, рентге́новская ли́ния — X-ray spectral lineспектра́льная, сла́бая ли́ния — faint spectral lineспира́льная ли́ния — spiral (line), helixли́ния сплавле́ния — (weld-)fusion lineсплошна́я ли́ния ( на чертеже) — full [solid] lineспра́вочная ли́ния тлф. — information [inquiry] circuitсре́дняя ли́ния валко́в прок. — roll parting lineсре́дняя ли́ния про́филя прок. — camber lineсре́дняя ли́ния трапе́ции — median of a trapezoidли́ния степене́й то́чности — line of precisionсто́ксова ли́ния ( спектра) — Stokes lineстрикцио́нная ли́ния — gorge [striction] line, line of strictionли́ния сходи́мости — convergence lineли́ния теку́чести — flow lineтелеметри́ческая ли́ния — telemetry linkтелефо́нная ли́ния — ( совокупность технических устройств) telephone line; ( в переносном значении) connectionзанима́ть (телефо́нную) ли́нию — hold the connectionосвободи́ть (телефо́нную) ли́нию — clear the lineпрове́рить (телефо́нную) ли́нию на за́нятость — test a line for the engaged condition(телефо́нная) ли́ния занята́ ( ответ оператора) — the line is busy [engaged]теорети́ческая ли́ния мор. — moulded lineтехнологи́ческая ли́ния — production lineли́ния то́ка1. аргд. stream-lineвизуализи́ровать [де́лать ви́димой] ли́нию то́ка — visualize the stream-line2. ( векторного поля) line of flowли́ния то́ка, визуализи́рованная — traced stream-lineли́ния то́ка в крити́ческой то́чке — stagnation stream-lineли́ния то́ка, крити́ческая — stagnation stream-lineли́ния то́ка, раздели́тельная — discriminating [dividing] stream-lineто́лстая ли́ния ( на чертеже) — heavy lineтрансмиссио́нная ли́ния — transmission line, continuous line of shaftingли́ния труб — run of pipesли́ния тя́ги — draft lineли́ния уда́ра — line of impactузлова́я ли́ния — nodal lineуравни́тельная ли́ния тепл. — equalizing lineли́ния у́ровня мат. — contour [level] line, level curveли́ния факти́ческого пути́ ав. — брит. track made good, TMG; амер. trackфока́льная ли́ния — focal lineли́ния фо́кусов аргд. — aerodynamic centre lineфорва́куумная ли́ния — roughing-down lineли́ния форм релье́фа геод. — form [landform] lineфраунго́феровы ли́нии — Fraunhofer-linesхарактеристи́ческая ли́ния — characteristic lineходова́я ли́ния геод., топ. — computation course, computation line, routeхолоста́я ли́ния эл. — unloaded lineли́ния хо́рды ав. — chord lineли́ния це́нтров — line of centres, centre lineли́ния це́нтров давле́ния — centre-of-pressure lineцепна́я ли́ния мат. — catenary, catenary curve, catenary lineли́ния четырёхвалко́вых клете́й прок. — quarto trainчистова́я петлева́я ли́ния прок. — looping finishing trainли́ния широты́ навиг. — line of latitudeли́ния шри́фта — type lineли́ния шри́фта, ве́рхняя — top line of type faceли́ния шри́фта, ни́жняя — bottom line of type faceштрихпункти́рная ли́ния — dash-dot lineэквипотенциа́льная ли́ния — equipotential lineли́ния электропереда́чи [ЛЭП] — (electric) power lineменя́ть ли́нию электропереда́чи — re-string a power lineнаве́шивать ли́нию электропереда́чи — string a (power) lineосуществля́ть высокочасто́тную обрабо́тку ли́нии электропереда́чи — install carrier-frequency trapping and coupling equipment on a power lineли́ния электропереда́чи (нахо́дится) под напряже́нием — the power line is hot [live]ли́ния электропереда́чи, возду́шная — aerial power lineли́ния электропереда́чи высо́кого напряже́ния — high-voltage power lireли́ния электропереда́чи, грозоупо́рная — lightning-resistant power lineли́ния электропереда́чи, ка́бельная — cable power lineли́ния электропереда́чи, подзе́мная — underground [buried] power lineэтало́нная ли́ния — standard lineли́ния этало́нной заде́ржки — standard delay line -
36 ab
ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:I.AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;AF SOLO,
ib. 589;AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).In space, and,II.Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.I.Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):b.Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:c.oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):B.Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.1.Of separation:2.ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—Of distance:3.quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:II.picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).Fig.A.In time.1.From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:2.Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:b.ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:B.qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.1.In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):2.suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).In partic.a.To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:b.a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:c.pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:d.(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:e.da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:f.a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:g.el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.With verbs of fastening and holding:h.funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:i.a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):j.id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:k.doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:l.ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:m.linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:n.ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:o.scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:p.qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;q.in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:► a.a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:b.Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—c.It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:d.a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):e.aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.III.In composition ab,1.Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—2.It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.) -
37 per
per, prep. with acc. (by solecism with abl. PER QVO, = whereby, Inscr. Miseni Repert. ex a. p. Chr. n. 159; Inscr. Orell. 3300) [kindr. with Gr. para; Sanscr. pāra, ulterior; Lith. pèr; cf.: parumper, paulisper; v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 269], denotes, like the Gr. dia, motion through a space, or extension over it.I.Lit., of space, through, through the midst of, throughout, all over, all along: per amoena salicta raptare aliquem, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 40 Vahl.): inde Fert sese (equus) campi per caerula laetaque prata, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 3 (id. v. 505 ib.): per amoenam urbem leni fluit agmine flumen, id. ap. id. ib. 6, 4 (id. v. 177 ib.):II.per membranas oculorum cernere,
Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 142:coronam auream per forum ferre,
id. Att. 14, 16, 2:iit hasta per tempus utrumque,
Verg. A. 9, 418:se per munitiones deicere,
Caes. B. G. 3, 26:per mare pauperiem fugiens, per saxa, per ignes,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 46:per ignes,
Ov. M. 8, 76:per Averna,
id. ib. 14, 105:per caelum,
Verg. A. 4, 700:per vias fabulari,
in all the streets, Plaut. Cist. 5, 1:per totam urbem,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 11:qui per provincias atque imperium tuum pecunias ei credidissent,
in the provinces, Cic. Fam. 1, 7, 6:invitati hospitaliter per domos,
Liv. 1, 9:via secta per ambas (zonas),
Verg. G. 1, 238; 245:nascuntur copiosissime in Balearibus ac per Hispanias,
in, Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 94:per illas gentes celebratur,
throughout, Tac. A. 12, 12:gustūs elementa per omnia quaerunt,
Juv. 11, 14.—Placed after the noun: viam per,
Lucr. 6, 1264:transtra per et remos et pictas abiete puppes,
Verg. A. 5, 663; 6, 692.Transf.A.Of time, through, throughout, during, for:B.quod des bubus per hiemem,
the winter through, during the winter, Cato, R. R. 25:nulla res per triennium, nisi ad nutum istius, judicata est,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13:nulla abs te per hos dies epistula... venerat,
during these days, id. Att. 2, 8, 1:per decem dies ludi facti sunt,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:per idem tempus,
during, at, in the course of, id. Brut. 83, 286; Suet. Galb. 10:per noctem cernuntur sidera,
during the night, in the night-time, Plin. 2, 10, 7, § 48:per inducias,
during, Liv. 38, 2: per multa bella, id. 8, 13:per ludos,
id. 2, 18:per comitia,
Suet. Caes. 80:per somnum,
id. ib. 45: per tempus, during, i. e. at the right time, = in tempore, Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 6; Ter. And. 4, 4, 44; id. Hec. 4, 3, 16.—So distr.:per singulas noctes,
Suet. Caes. 1; id. Calig. 22; cf.:per haec,
meanwhile, id. Claud. 27:per quae,
id. Tib. 52.—To indicate the agent, instrument, or means, through, by, by means of:C.statuerunt injurias per vos ulcisci,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 9:detrimenta publicis rebus per homines eloquentissimos importata,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:quid ais? vulgo occidebantur? Per quos? et a quibus?
by whom? and by whose command? id. Rosc. Am. 29, 80:quae domi gerenda sunt, ea per Caeciliam transiguntur,
id. ib. 51, 149:quod nefarium stuprum non per illum factum est,
id. Cat. 2, 4, 7.—Placed after its case:Exerce vocem, quam per vivis et colis,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 13.—Esp.: per fidem decipere, fallere, etc. (= datā fide): per fidem deceptus sum, through confidence, i. e. in my host who betrayed me, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 69; Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 71; Caes. B. G. 1, 46, 3.—So, per se, per te, through himself, by himself, of himself, etc.:homo per se cognitus, sine ullā commendatione majorum,
Cic. Brut. 25, 96:per me tibi obstiti, = solus,
by myself, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:satis per te tibi consulis,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 1:per se solus,
Liv. 1, 49.—With ipse:nihil ipsos per se sine P. Sullā facere potuisse,
Cic. Sull. 24, 67:ipsum per se, suā vi, sua naturā, sua sponte laudabile,
id. Fin. 2, 15, 50.—To form an adverb. expression, in, by, through, etc.:non dubitavi id a te per litteras petere,
by letter, Cic. Fam. 2, 6, 2:per summum dedecus vitam amittere,
in the most infamous manner, most infamously, id. Rosc. Am. 11, 30:per iram facere aliquid,
in anger, id. Tusc. 4, 37, 79:per commodum,
Liv. 30, 29, 3 (cf. II. A. supra):per commodum rei publicae,
id. 10, 25, 17; 22, 57, 1; 31, 11, 2:per ludum et jocum,
sporting and jesting, in sport and jest, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155; cf. id. ib. 2, 5, 70, §181: per vim,
forcibly, Sall. J. 23, 1:per dolum,
id. ib. 11, 8:per otium,
at leisure, Liv. 4, 58, 12:ceteris copiis per otium trajectis,
id. 21, 28, 4:cibo per otium capto,
id. 21, 55, 1:per tumultum = tumultuose,
id. 44, 45, 14. —To designate the reason, cause, inducement, etc., through, for, by, on account of, for the sake of:D.per metum mussari,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 12:qui per virtutem perit, at non interit,
id. Capt. 3, 5, 32:cum antea per aetatem nondum hujus auctoritatem loci attingere auderem,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1:per aetatem,
Caes. B. G. 2, 16 fin.:Druso propinquanti quasi per officium obviae fuere legiones,
Tac. A. 1, 24:ut nihil eum delectaret, quod aut per naturam fas esset aut per leges liceret,
Cic. Mil. 16, 43:cum per valetudinem posses, venire tamen noluisti,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 1: per me, per te, etc., as far as concerns me, you, etc.:si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:per me vel stertas licet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 93; cf.:sin hoc non licet per Cratippum,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33:fides publica per sese inviolata,
Sall. J. 33, 3:per me ista pedibus trahantur,
Cic. Att. 4, 16, 10:per me stetisse, quo minus hae fierent nuptiae,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 16:si per suos esset licitum,
Nep. Eum. 10, 3:inspicere vitia nec per magistros nec per aetatem licebat,
Macr. S. 1, 24. —Hence, in oaths, entreaties, asseverations, etc., by a god, by men, or by inanimate or abstract things, by:IOVRANTO PER IOVEM, etc., Tab. Bant. lin. 15: per pol saepe peccas,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 18; cf.:si per plures deos juret,
Cic. Rab. Post. 13, 36:quid est enim, per deos, optabilius sapientiā?
id. Off. 2, 2, 5:per deos atque homines,
id. Div. 2, 55, 116:per dexteram te istam oro,
id. Deiot. 3, 8; cf.:per tuam fidem Te obtestor,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 55:nunc te per amicitiam et per amorem obsecro,
id. ib. 2, 1, 26:per pietatem!
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 4:per comitatem edepol, pater, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 2, 52.—In this signif. often separated from its object:per ego vobis deos atque homines dies, ut, etc.,
Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 1:per ego te deos oro,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 6; 5, 1, 15:per ego te, fili... precor quaesoque, etc.,
Liv. 23, 9, 2:per ego has lacrimas... te Oro,
Verg. A. 4, 314; 12, 56; Tib. 4, 5, 7; Ov. F. 2, 841:per vos Tyrrhena faventum Stagna deum, per ego et Trebiam cineresque Sagunti Obtestor,
Sil. 12, 79 sq.; 1, 658; Stat. Th. 11, 367.—With ellips. of object:per, si qua est... Intemerata fides, oro, i. e. per eam,
Verg. A. 2, 142; 10, 903:per, si quid merui de te bene, perque manentem amorem, Ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 854.—Sometimes to indicate an apparent or pretended cause or inducement, under the show or pretext of, under color of:qui per tutelam aut societatem aut rem mandatam aut fiduciae rationem fraudavit quempiam,
Cic. Caecin. 3, 7:naves triremes per causam exercendorum remigum ad fauces portus prodire jussit,
under pretext of, Caes. B. C. 3, 24;v. causa: per speciem alienae fungendae vicis suas opes firmavit,
Liv. 1, 41 fin.:per simulationem officii,
Tac. H. 1, 74.—In composition, it usually adds intensity to the signif., thoroughly, perfectly, completely, exceedingly, very much, very (very often in Cicero's epistolary style, and in new-formed words, as perbenevolus, percautus, percupidus, perbelle, perofficiose, pergaudeo; see these articles): pervelle, perfacilis, peramanter; sometimes it denotes the completion of an action, e. g. perorare, peragere;sometimes it is repeated: perdifficilis et perobscura quaestio,
Cic. N. D. 1, 1, 1; so id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Brut. 43, 158; id. Cael. 20 fin.; id. Fam. 9, 20, 3 al.;but also: perexiguā et minuta,
id. Tusc. 2, 13, 30:percautus et diligens,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6, § 18 al.; cf. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. p. 410.—It frequently occurs in tmesi:nobis ista sunt pergrata perque jucunda,
Cic. de Or. 1, 47, 205:per mihi mirum visum est,
id. ib. 49, 214:per enim magni aestimo,
id. Att. 10, 1, 1:ibi te quam primum per videre velim, = videre pervelim,
id. ib. 15, 4, 2:Platoni per fuit familiaris,
Gell. 2, 18, 1:per, inquit, magister optime, exoptatus mihi nunc venis,
id. 18, 4, 2.—Per quam (also perquam), very, exceedingly, extremely:per quam breviter perstrinxi,
Cic. de Or. 2, 49, 201:per quam modica civium merita,
Plin. Pan. 60:per quam velim scire,
very much indeed, id. Ep. 7, 27, 1:PARENTES PER QVAM INFELICISSIMI,
Inscr. Murat. 953, 2.—As one word:illorum mores perquam meditate tenes,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 16:propulit perquam indignis modis,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 9:erat perquam onerosum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 13:perquam honorificum,
id. ib. 3, 4, 3.—Separated by an intervening word:per pol quam paucos reperias,
Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 1.—Placed after the word it governs; v. supra, I. fin. and II. B. -
38 can-
1 prefix "k" "four" KÁNAT 2 vb. "command, order" give an order or with things as object "demand" PM:361-362; where various derivatives of the stem KAN- are listed; the verb *can- is not directly cited, but seems implied by the statement "in Quenya the sense command had become the usual one". The undefined verb canya- listed elsewhere PE17:113 may also be taken as the actual verbal derivative that Tolkien here refers to. -
39 δίδωμι
δίδωμι (Hom.+) by-form διδῶ (B-D-F §94, 1; Rob. 311f) Rv 3:9 (δίδω Tregelles, δίδωμι v.l.), 3 sg. διδοῖ (GrBar 7:2), 3 pl. διδόασι; impf. 3 sg. ἐδίδου, ἐδίδει (Hs 6, 2, 7; cp. Mk 4:8 cod. W), 3 pl. ἐδίδουν, ἐδίδοσαν J 19:3; ptc. διδῶν (Hs 8, 3, 3); fut. δώσω; 1 aor. ἔδωκα, subj. 3 sg. δώσῃ J 17:2; Rv 8:3 v.l. (on this W-S.§14, 9; B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308f), 1 pl. δώσωμεν Mk 6:37 v.l., 3 pl. δώσωσιν Rv 4:9 v.l.; pf. δέδωκα; plpf. ἐδεδώκειν (and without augm. δεδώκειν Mk 14:44; Lk 19:15; J 11:57); 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. δῷ J 15:16 (δώῃ v.l.); also in the form δώῃ Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 (in both δῷ as v.l.): in all these cases read δώῃ subj., not δῴη opt., s. below; δοῖ Mk 8:37 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 55; Rdm.2 97f and Glotta 7, 1916, 21ff; GKilpatrick in Festschrift JSchmid ’63, 135), pl. δῶμεν, δῶτε, δῶσιν; 2 aor. opt. 3 sg. Hellenist. (also LXX) δῴη for δοίη Ro 15:5; 2 Th 3:16; 2 Ti 1:16, 18 (on Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 s. above); 2 aor. impv. δός, δότε, inf. δοῦναι, ptc. δούς; pf. δέδωκα LXX. Pass.: 1 fut. δοθήσομαι (W-S. §14, 8ff); 1 aor. ἐδόθην; pf. δέδομαι.① to give as an expression of generosity, give, donate as a gen. principle: μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν it is more blessed to give than to receive Ac 20:35 (Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 42 τὸ διδόναι ἢ τὸ λαβεῖν οἰκειότερον); cp. 1 Cl 2:1; Hm 2:4ff (the contrast δίδωμι … λαμβάνω is frequently found: Epicharmus, Fgm. 273 Kaibel; Com. Fgm. Adesp. 108, 4 K.; Maximus Tyr. 32, 10c ὀλίγα δούς, μεγάλα ἔλαβες; Sir 14:16; Tat. 29, 2).—On the logion Ac 20:35 s. Unknown Sayings 77–81: giving is blessed, not receiving (cp. EHaenchen on Ac 20:35; Aristot., EN 4, 3, 26; Plut., Mor. 173d). S. μᾶλλον 3c. δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς give to the poor Mt 19:21 (HvonCampenhausen, Tradition u. Leben ’60, 114–56). τινὶ ἔκ τινος give someone some (of a substance: Tob 4:16; Ezk 48:12) Mt 25:8. S. also 7:11; 14:7.② to give someth. out, give, bestow, grant δ. δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα put a ring on the finger Lk 15:22 (cp. Esth 3:10—δίδωμί τι εἰς τ. χεῖρα also Aristoph., Nub. 506; Herodas 3, 70). give τινί τι someth. to someone τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν Mt 7:6 (Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 33 τὰ ἔγκατα τοῖς κυσὶ δότε).—A certificate of divorce to one’s wife 5:31 (Dt 24:1; conversely of the wife Just., A II, 2, 6 ῥεπούδιον δοῦσα); without dat. 19:7. Of bread (w. dat. or acc. somet. to be supplied fr. the context) 26:26f; Mk 2:26; 14:22; Lk 6:4; 11:7f; 22:19; J 21:13 (difft. Mt 14:19; 15:36; Mk 6:41; 8:6 the disciples transfer to others what they have received). W. inf. foll. δ. τινὶ φαγεῖν give someone someth. to eat Mt 14:16; 25:35, 42; Mk 5:43; 6:37; J 6:31 al. (cp. Gen 28:20; Ex 16:8, 15; Lev 10:17); someth. to drink Mt 27:34; Mk 15:23; J 4:7; Rv 16:6 (Hdt. 4, 172, 4; Aristoph., Pax 49; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 146 δὸς πιεῖν τί τινι, without dat. 198; PGM 13, 320 δὸς πεῖν[=πιεῖν]; Jos., Ant. 2, 64).—τὰς ῥάβδους GJs 9:1.—Lk 15:29 (Hipponax 43 Deg.).③ to express devotion, give δόξαν δ. θεῷ give God the glory, i.e. praise, honor, thanks (Josh 7:19; Ps 67:35; 1 Esdr 9:8; 2 Ch 30:8 and oft.) Lk 17:18; J 9:24 (practically=promise under oath to tell the truth); Ac 12:23 al. δόξαν καὶ τιμήν (2 Ch 32:33) give glory and honor Rv 4:9. Through a sacrificial offering θυσίαν δ. bring an offering Lk 2:24 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 196 θυσίαν ἀποδοῦναι τ. θεῷ).④ to cause to happen, esp. in ref. to physical phenomena, produce, make, cause, give fig. extension of mng. 1 ὑετὸν δ. (3 Km 17:14; Job 5:10; Zech 10:1; PsSol 5:9) yield rain Js 5:18; send rain Ac 14:17. τέρατα cause wonders to appear Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3). Of heavenly bodies φέγγος δ. give light, shine Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24 (cp. Is 13:10). Of a musical instrument φωνὴν δ. (cp. Ps 17:14; 103:12; Jdth 14:9; Pind., N. 5, 50b [93]) produce a sound 1 Cor 14:7f.⑤ to put someth. in care of another, entrustⓐ of things entrust τινί τι someth. to someone money Mt 25:15; Lk 19:13, 15; the keys of the kgdm. Mt 16:19; perh. Lk 12:48. W. εἰς τὰς χεῖρας added J 13:3 (cp. Gen 39:8; Is 22:21; 29:12 al.) or ἐν τῇ χειρί τινος 3:35 (cp. Jdth 9:9; Da 1:2; 7:25 Theod.; 1 Macc 2:7). Of spiritual things J 17:8, 14; Ac 7:38.ⓑ of pers. τινά τινι entrust someone to another’s care J 6:37, 39; 17:6, 9, 12, 24; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:18).ⓐ of payment pay, give τινί τι Mt 20:4; 26:15; 28:12; Mk 14:11; Lk 22:5; Rv 11:18. Fig. repay someone (Mélanges Nicole, var. contributors, JNicole Festschr. 1905, p. 246 [HvanHerwerden=PLips 40 III, 3 p. 129] λίθῳ δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ μου; Ps 27:4) Rv 2:23. Of taxes, tribute, rent, etc. τινὶ ἀπό τινος pay rent of someth. Lk 20:10 (cp. 1 Esdr 6:28). τὶ pay (up), give someth. Mt 16:26; 27:10; Mk 8:37; δ. κῆνσον, φόρον καίσαρι pay tax to the emperor (Jos., Bell. 2, 403) Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14; Lk 20:22. Of inheritance pay out a portion of property Lk 15:12.ⓑ as commercial t.t. for bookkeeping λόγον δ. render account (POxy 1281, 9 [21 A.D.]; PStras 32, 9 δότω λόγον; cp. Phil 4:15) Ro 14:12.ⓒ of a bank deposit, equivalent to τιθέναι put, place, deposit ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν put money in the bank Lk 19:23.⑦ appoint to special responsibility, appoint (Num 14:4) κριτάς judges Ac 13:20; w. double acc. appoint someone someth. (PLille 28, II [III B.C.] αὐτοῖς ἐδώκαμεν μεσίτην Δωρίωνα) τοὺϚ μὲν ἀποστόλους some (to be) apostles Eph 4:11. τινὰ κεφαλήν make someone head 1:22. Also δ. τινὰ εἴς τι B 14:7 (Is 42:6).⑧ to cause someth. to happen, give (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 106 δ. χρόνον εἰς μετάνοιαν) δ. γνῶσιν σωτηρίας= to give (his people) knowledge of salvation = to tell (his people) how to be saved Lk 1:77.⑨ to bear as a natural product, yield, produce of a field and its crops καρπὸν δ. yield fruit (Ps 1:3) Mt 13:8; Mk 4:7f; fig. ἔδωκεν μοὶ Κύριος καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ GJs 6:3 (Pr 11:30).⑩ to dedicate oneself for some purpose or cause, give up, sacrifice τὸ σῶμά μου τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον my body, given up for you Lk 22:19 (cp. Thu. 2, 43, 2; Libanius, Declam. 24, 23 Förster οἱ ἐν Πύλαις ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τ. Ἑλλήνων δεδωκότες τὰ σώματα; of Menas δ. ἀπροφασίστως ἑαυτόν ‘gave of himself unstintingly’ OGI 339, 19f; Danker, Benefactor 321–23; for use of δ. in a testamentary context cp. Diog. L. 5, 72); ἑαυτὸν (τὴν ψυχὴν) δ. give oneself up, sacrifice oneself (ref. in Nägeli 56; 1 Macc 6:44; 2:50) w. dat. 2 Cor 8:5. λύτρον ἀντι πολλῶν give oneself up as a ransom for many Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45 (ἀντί 3). Also ἀντίλυτρον ὑπέρ τινος 1 Ti 2:6. ὐπέρ τινος for or because of a person or thing J 10:15 v.l.; Gal 1:4; Tit 2:14; AcPl Ha 8, 24 (on the form of these passages s. KRomaniuk, NovT 5, ’62, 55–76). ἑαυτὸν δ. τῷ θανάτῳ ISm 4:2 (cp. Just., A I, 21, 2 πυρί); δ. ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θηρίον face the beast Hv 4, 1, 8.⑪ to cause (oneself) to go, go, venture somewhere (cp. our older ‘betake oneself’) (Polyb. 5, 14, 9; Diod S 5, 59, 4; 14, 81, 2; Jos., Ant. 7, 225; 15, 244) εἰς τὸ θέατρον Ac 19:31; εἰς τὴν ἔρημον GJs 1:4.⑫ to use an oracular device, draw/cast lots Ac 1:26.⑬ to grant by formal action, grant, allow, freq. of God (cp. 7 above) ἐξουσίαν δ. (Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 21 grant someone the power or authority, give someone the right, etc. (cp. TestJob 20:3; Jos., Ant. 2, 90, Vi. 71) Mt 9:8; 28:18; 2 Cor 13:10; Rv 9:3; 1 Cl 61:1; τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω τινός tread on someth. Lk 10:19. τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ γράψαι τὴν ἱστορίαν ταύτην the ability to write this account GJs 25:1. ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπί Lk 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δύναμιν). ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω i.e. put them under your control Mt 4:9 of the devil. Simple δ. w. inf. (Appian, Liby. 19 §78 ἢν [=ἐὰν] ὁ θεὸς δῷ ἐπικρατῆσαι 106 §499) δέδοται it is given, granted to someone γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια to know the secrets Mt 13:11; cp. ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ γνῶσις B 9:8 (Just., D. 7, 3 εἰ μή τῳ θεός δῷ συνιέναι) ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν he has granted (the privilege) of having life J 5:26. μετὰ παρρησίας λαλεῖν to speak courageously Ac 4:29 and oft. Rather freq. the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context (Himerius, Or. 38 [4], 8 εἰ θεὸς διδοίη=if God permits) οἷς δέδοται sc. χωρεῖν Mt 19:11. ἦν δεδομένον σοι sc. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. W. acc. and inf. foll. (Appian, Mithrid. 11, §37; Heliodorus 5, 12, 2 δώσεις με πιστεύειν) οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν you will not permit your holy one to see corruption Ac 2:27; 13:35 (both Ps 15:10). ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι granted that he should be plainly seen 10:40. δὸς … ῥαγήναι τὰ δέσμα grant that our chains be broken AcPl Ha 3,11f. Pregnant constr.: grant, order (Diod S 9, 12, 2 διδ. λαβεῖν=permit to; 19, 85, 3 τὶ=someth.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 125 §524 ὁ καιρὸς ἐδίδου=the opportunity permitted; Biogr. p. 130 ἐδίδου θάπτειν τ. ἄνδρα) ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν orders were given them not to kill Rv 9:5; cp. 19:8.—Of an oath w. double inf. Lk 1:73f. S. also 17 below.⑮ give up, someth. that has been under one’s control for a relatively long time, give up, give back ἡ θάλασσα τ. νεκρούς the sea gave up its dead Rv 20:13.⑯ to proffer someth., extend, offer χεῖρα hold out one’s hand (to someone) Ac 9:41 (cp. 1 Macc 6:58; 2 Macc 12:11; Jos., Bell. 6, 318). (τὸν) μαστὸν τῇ παῖδι GJs 5:2; 6:3.⑰ In many phrases this word relates to an activity or an abstract object, and with tr. freq. determined by the noun object; cp. 13 above.ⓐ of humans: of a plan conceived in a meeting give counsel or advice: δ. for ποιεῖν (cp. κατά A2b β and s. s.v. συμβούλιον), which is read by some mss., in συμβούλιον δ. conspired (against Jesus) Mk 3:6. ἀφορμὴν δ. give an occasion (for someth.) 2 Cor 5:12; Hm 4, 1, 11; μαρτυρίαν δ. give testimony 1 Cl 30:7; δ. τὸ μαρτύριον bear witness AcPl Ha 4, 28; γνώμην δ. give an opinion 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 8:10; ἐγκοπὴν δ. cause a hindrance 1 Cor 9:12; ἐντολὴν δ. command, order J 11:57; 12:49; 1J 3:23; ἐντολὴν καινὴν δ. give a new commandment J 13:34; εὔσημον λόγον δ. speak plainly or intelligibly 1 Cor 14:9; παραγγελίαν δ. give an instruction 1 Th 4:2; δ. τὴν ἐν [κυρίῳ σφραγίδα] seal in the Lord AcPl Ha 11, 23 (restored after the Coptic); προσκοπὴν δ. put an obstacle in (someone’s) way 2 Cor 6:3; δ. ἐκδίκησιν take vengeance 2 Th 1:8; ῥάπισμα δ. τινί slap someone J 18:22; 19:3; σημεῖον δ. give a sign Mt 26:48; τόπον δ. τινί make room for someone (Plut., Gai. Gracch. 840 [13, 3]) Lk 14:9; fig. leave room for Ro 12:19 (cp. τόπος 4); Eph 4:27. ὑπόδειγμα δ. give an example J 13:15; φίλημα δ. τινί give someone a kiss Lk 7:45.—δὸς ἐργασίαν Lk 12:58 is prob. a Latinism=da operam take pains, make an effort (B-D-F §5, 3b note 9; Rob. 109), which nevertheless penetrated the popular speech (OGI 441, 109 [senatorial decree 81 B.C.]; POxy 742, 11 [colloq. letter 2 B.C.] δὸς ἐργασίαν; PMich 203, 7; 466, 33f [Trajan]; PGiss 11, 16 [118 A.D.]; PBrem 5, 8 [117/119 A.D.]).ⓑ esp. oft. of God (Hom. et al.) and Christ: give, grant, impose (of punishments etc.), send, of gifts, peace τινί τι Eph 4:8; 1 Cl 60:4; τινί τινος give someone some of a thing Rv 2:17. Also τινὶ ἔκ τινος 1J 4:13. τὶ εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:8 (Ezk 37:14); εἰς τὰς καρδίας put into the hearts Rv 17:17 (cp. X., Cyr. 8, 2, 20 δ. τινί τι εἰς ψυχήν). Also ἐν τ. καρδίαις δ. (cp. ἐν 3) 2 Cor 1:22; 8:16 (cp. Ezk 36:27). εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν Hb 8:10 (Jer 38: 33); ἐπὶ καρδίας Hb 10:16 (δ. ἐπί w. acc. as Jer 6:21, and s. Jer 38:33 ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν γράψω). W. ἵνα foll. grant that Mk 10:37.—The pass. occurs very oft. in this sense (Plut., Mor. 265d; 277e) Lk 8:10; Rv 6:4; 7:2; 13:7, 14f and oft. ἐκδίκησιν διδόναι τινί inflict punishment on someone 2 Th 1:8; βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος δ. τινί send torment and grief upon someone Rv 18:7; ὄνομα δ. GJs 6:2, χάριν δ. (Jos., Bell. 7, 325) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5 (both Pr 3:34); GJs 14:2; υἱοθεσίαν AcPl Ha 2, 28; 9,12; ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 2, 30f; μεγαλεῖα 6,13. W. gen. foll. over someone Mt 10:1; Mk 6:7; J 17:2.—B. 749. Schmidt, Syn. 193–203. DELG. M-M. TW. -
40 ἀπό
ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away fromⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.③ to indicate origin or source, fromⓐ lit., with verbs of motionα. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcomeⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, ofα. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M.
См. также в других словарях:
Command-query separation — (CQS) is a principle of imperative computer programming. It was devised by Bertrand Meyer as part of his pioneering work on the Eiffel programming language. It states that every method should either be a command that performs an action, or a… … Wikipedia
Object Pascal — Paradigm(s) imperative, structured, object oriented, functional (Delphi dialect only) Appeared in 1986 (1986) Designed by Apple, Niklaus Wirth, Anders Hejlsberg … Wikipedia
Object Manager (Windows) — Object Manager in Windows, categorized hierarchically using namespaces Object Manager (internally called Ob) is a subsystem implemented as part of the Windows Executive which manages Windows resources. Each resource, which are surfaced as logical … Wikipedia
COMMAND.COM — Developer(s) Seattle Computer Products, Microsoft Corporation, IBM, Novell and several others. Operating system DR DOS, FreeDOS, MS DOS, Novell DOS, OpenDOS, PC DOS, PTS DOS, ROM DOS, 86 DOS, Microsoft Windows (Windows 95 Wi … Wikipedia
Command & Conquer 3: Kane's Wrath — Developer(s) EA Los Angeles BreakAway Games[1] Publisher(s) … Wikipedia
Object Action Interface — Object Action Interface, also abbreviated as OAI, is an extension to the Graphical User Interface, especially related to Direct Manipulation User Interface. It emphasises upon how Direct Manipulation User Interface (DMUI) can help to create… … Wikipedia
Command line completion — is a common feature of command line interpreters, in which the program automatically fills in partially typed tokens. Depending on the specific interpreter and its configuration, these elements may include commands, arguments, environment… … Wikipedia
Object 279 — Object 279, Kubinka tank museum (2008) Type Heavy tank Place of origin … Wikipedia
Object Data Manager — (ODM) is a database management system and device configuration integrated into IBM s AIX operating system. The ODM is unique to AIX compared to other UNIX operating systems. Data being managed by ODM is stored and maintained as objects with… … Wikipedia
Command pattern — In object oriented programming, the command pattern is a design pattern in which an object is used to represent and encapsulate all the information needed to call a method at a later time. This information includes the method name, the object… … Wikipedia
Object storage device — An Object based Storage Device (OSD) is a computer storage device, similar to disk storage but working at a higher level. Instead of providing a block oriented interface that reads and writes fixed sized blocks of data, an OSD organizes data into … Wikipedia